TW201219464A - Cellulose acylate film and method for manufacturing the same, polarizing plate and liquid crystal display - Google Patents

Cellulose acylate film and method for manufacturing the same, polarizing plate and liquid crystal display Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TW201219464A
TW201219464A TW100130294A TW100130294A TW201219464A TW 201219464 A TW201219464 A TW 201219464A TW 100130294 A TW100130294 A TW 100130294A TW 100130294 A TW100130294 A TW 100130294A TW 201219464 A TW201219464 A TW 201219464A
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
film
cellulose
group
acid
formula
Prior art date
Application number
TW100130294A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Other versions
TWI417325B (en
Inventor
Jun Takeda
Original Assignee
Fujifilm Corp
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Fujifilm Corp filed Critical Fujifilm Corp
Publication of TW201219464A publication Critical patent/TW201219464A/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of TWI417325B publication Critical patent/TWI417325B/en

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08JWORKING-UP; GENERAL PROCESSES OF COMPOUNDING; AFTER-TREATMENT NOT COVERED BY SUBCLASSES C08B, C08C, C08F, C08G or C08H
    • C08J5/00Manufacture of articles or shaped materials containing macromolecular substances
    • C08J5/18Manufacture of films or sheets
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B27/00Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin
    • B32B27/06Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin as the main or only constituent of a layer, which is next to another layer of the same or of a different material
    • B32B27/08Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin as the main or only constituent of a layer, which is next to another layer of the same or of a different material of synthetic resin
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08LCOMPOSITIONS OF MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS
    • C08L1/00Compositions of cellulose, modified cellulose or cellulose derivatives
    • C08L1/08Cellulose derivatives
    • C08L1/10Esters of organic acids, i.e. acylates
    • C08L1/12Cellulose acetate
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B5/00Optical elements other than lenses
    • G02B5/30Polarising elements
    • G02B5/3083Birefringent or phase retarding elements
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02FOPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
    • G02F1/00Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
    • G02F1/01Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour 
    • G02F1/13Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour  based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells
    • G02F1/133Constructional arrangements; Operation of liquid crystal cells; Circuit arrangements
    • G02F1/1333Constructional arrangements; Manufacturing methods
    • G02F1/1335Structural association of cells with optical devices, e.g. polarisers or reflectors
    • G02F1/133528Polarisers
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08JWORKING-UP; GENERAL PROCESSES OF COMPOUNDING; AFTER-TREATMENT NOT COVERED BY SUBCLASSES C08B, C08C, C08F, C08G or C08H
    • C08J2301/00Characterised by the use of cellulose, modified cellulose or cellulose derivatives
    • C08J2301/08Cellulose derivatives
    • C08J2301/10Esters of organic acids
    • C08J2301/12Cellulose acetate
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08LCOMPOSITIONS OF MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS
    • C08L2203/00Applications
    • C08L2203/16Applications used for films

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Nonlinear Science (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Optics & Photonics (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Manufacturing & Machinery (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Polymers & Plastics (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Crystallography & Structural Chemistry (AREA)
  • Mathematical Physics (AREA)
  • Materials Engineering (AREA)
  • Polarising Elements (AREA)
  • Manufacture Of Macromolecular Shaped Articles (AREA)
  • Liquid Crystal (AREA)
  • Moulding By Coating Moulds (AREA)

Abstract

A cellulose acylate film is provided, which comprises cellulose acylate with total acyl substitution degree of 2.1 to 2.8, is characterized in that the elastic modulus in the direction of membrane delivering is more than 3200 MPa, the unevenness of the elastic modulus in the direction of membrane width is no more than 0.5 GPa, and the following formulae (1) to (3) are satisfied. Formula (1) OARe 15.0 (in the formula, ARe represents a value obtained fromthe delay value of in-plane direction at a wavelength of 630nm minus the delay value of in-plane direction at awavelength of 450 nm (the unit is nm). ) Formula (2) 2*10<SP>-3</SP> ≤ Rth/d ≤ 6*1 0<SP>-3</SP> (in the formula, Rth represents a value obtained fromthe delay value of the membrane thickness direction at awavelength of 550 nm (the unit is nm), and d representsmembrane thickness (the unit is nm).) Formula (3) 1.0 ≤ E'(TD)/E'(MD) ≤ 1.43 (in the formula, E'(MD) represents the elastic modulusI in the direction of membrane delivering (the unit is MPa), and E'(TD) represents the elastic modulus in the direction of membrane width (the unit is MPa).)

Description

201219464r 六、發明說明: 【發明所屬之技術領域】 本發明是有關於一種醯化纖維素膜及其製造方法。更 詳細而言是有關於一種包含醯化纖維素,波長分散為逆分 散性,每單位膜厚之Rth大,且於偏光板加工後貼附於面 板上時的顯示於面内變均一的醯化纖維素膜及其製造方 法。而且,亦關於一種使用該醯化纖維素膜之偏光板及液 晶顯示裝置。 【先前技術】 VA (Vertically Aligned ’垂直配向)模式的液晶顯示 ,置由於對比度高,製造良率比較高而作為電視用液晶顯 示裝置受到關注。為了擴寬VA模式液晶顯示裝置之視 角,自先前起便使用醯化纖維素膜作為光學補償膜等光學 m ° 一时近年來,於VA用光學膜中’自改良自斜方位觀察顯 示器時的色调變化的觀點考慮,要求顯示出波長越變大則 面内方向之延遲Re越增加的逆分散性的膜。而且,同時 ^面板之薄膜化趨勢,為了減低製造成本㈣求提高每 早位膜厚之厚度方向的延遲而進行薄型化。另一方 著液晶顯示裝置之大型化,要求具有可達成面板之 曲内均一性的適宜之物性的光學膜。 添力於日本專利特開2〇〇6-_62號公報中,藉由 式而 =法揭或= 疋仃衣膜的方法,揭不了正面及膜厚方向延遲之表現 201219464 性優異,由於濕度等之環境變化而造成之延遲值之變動少 的光學膜及偏光板。於該文獻中,揭示了可藉由延伸而控 制波長分散,於該文獻的實例中揭示了如下之例子:於使 用CAP (乙酸丙酸纖維素)或cab (乙酸丁酸纖維素)等 材料之溶液製膜法中,對於殘留揮發成分為25 wt%〜35 Wt/ί)之狀恶下而剝下之膜,實施於膜搬送方向及膜寬度方 向上之延伸的雙軸延伸。 而且’於曰本專利特開2009-263619號公報中,藉由 使用溶劑與特定醯基取代度之醯化纖維素樹脂而控制^水 率或SP值,揭示了霧度與面狀良好之醯化纖維素膜。於 該文獻的實例中揭示了如下之例:於溶液製膜法中對於 殘留揮發成分為25 wt%〜35 wt%之狀態下而剥下之膜,於 膜寬度方向上以1〇%〜5〇%之範圍進行延伸。 、 然而,現狀是難以兼顧逆分散性之表現與每單位膜厚 之Rth改善’不得不犧牲生產性,或者由於使用昂貴 別之添加劑而犧牲成本。另外,本發明者對添加特用 以控制光學性能之添加_方法騎了研究,結果明確 =使用先前已知的添加劑,於偏光板加工後貼附於面板 ^夺的面内顯示不均並不變得均―,殘留令人不滿 處。而且亦明確了使流延製膜時之於支撐體上的ς 件變化’結果若採用先前已知的可 長^^ 則同樣地於貼附於面板上時的 。因此,非常難以除了表現逆分散性與 改善母早位膜厚之Rth之外,亦改善面板面内顯示均」 201219464 -rlt 性。因此,關於延伸條件等,除了對與先前不同之製膜條 件進行較大程度地變更,表現出上述光學特性之外,必須 以大到可改善面内顯示均-性之程度地變更膜物性之方式 而改善製膜條件。 【發明内容】 亦即’本發明所欲解決之課題是提供一種醯化纖維素 ^及^製造料,此㈣纖較狀波長絲為逆分散 ',母早位膜厚之Rth大,於偏光板加工後貼陳面板上 時的顯不於面内變均一。 ^知於通常情況下,越提高於TD方向(與膜搬送方 Si二亦即膜寬度方向)上之延伸倍率,越能夠 2 ^ (參照日林獅開雇·_62號 得之膜亦文獻實例中所 或⑽(乙酸丁酸纖維辛)==乙酸丙酸纖維素) ==:;面内均一性之觀點而言尚且存在問題。 伸各自|=#&quot;厂,關於製造方法,縣對縱延伸與橫延 又 殘留揮發成分及此時之於各方向之赶/由拉专 =進行特別研究’即使參照該文 獻二記載亦無法 實二=== 溶劑殘留量或乾燥條件,、亦無制延伸時之 201219464t w〆 aw、/卜 11 因此 不同的溶液二T:,务酸化纖維素之種類 方法之組合。S發内不均之配方與製造 量及逆分散性關;表現出目標之Rth之表現 罝及b姐的膜,將膽方向 以上、將彈性模數之TD/M ^數^至特疋值201219464r VI. Description of the Invention: [Technical Field of the Invention] The present invention relates to a cellulose-deposited film and a method for producing the same. More specifically, it relates to a method comprising a deuterated cellulose, a wavelength dispersion of reverse dispersion, a large Rth per unit film thickness, and a uniform display in the plane when attached to the panel after the polarizing plate is processed. Cellulose film and its method of manufacture. Further, it relates to a polarizing plate and a liquid crystal display device using the deuterated cellulose film. [Prior Art] The liquid crystal display of the VA (Vertically Aligned) mode has a high contrast ratio and a high manufacturing yield, and has attracted attention as a liquid crystal display device for televisions. In order to widen the angle of view of the VA mode liquid crystal display device, the fluorinated cellulose film has been used as an optical compensation film, such as an optical compensation film, in recent years, in recent years, in the optical film for VA, the color tone when viewing the display from the self-improving self-slanting orientation From the viewpoint of change, it is required to exhibit a reverse dispersion film in which the retardation Re in the in-plane direction increases as the wavelength becomes larger. Further, at the same time, the thin film formation trend of the panel is made thinner in order to reduce the manufacturing cost (4) to increase the retardation in the thickness direction of each early film thickness. On the other hand, the size of the liquid crystal display device is increased, and an optical film having a suitable physical property that can achieve the uniformity of the curvature of the panel is required. In the Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. 2-6-_62, the method of formulating the method or the method of coating the film does not reveal the performance of the front and film thickness retardation. 201219464 Excellent, due to humidity, etc. An optical film and a polarizing plate having a small variation in delay value caused by environmental changes. In this document, it is disclosed that the wavelength dispersion can be controlled by stretching, and an example of the use of materials such as CAP (cellulose acetate propionate) or cab (cellulose acetate butyrate) is disclosed in the examples of the document. In the solution film forming method, the film which is peeled off in the form of a residual volatile component of 25 wt% to 35 Wt/ί) is biaxially stretched in the film transport direction and the film width direction. Further, in the Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. 2009-263619, the use of a solvent and a specific thiol-substituted degree of deuterated cellulose resin to control the water content or the SP value reveals that the haze and the surface are good. Cellulose film. An example of the literature is disclosed in the film forming method in which the film is peeled off in a state in which the residual volatile component is 25 wt% to 35 wt%, and is 1% to 5 in the film width direction. The range of 〇% is extended. However, the current situation is that it is difficult to balance the performance of reverse dispersion with the improvement of Rth per unit film thickness, having to sacrifice productivity, or sacrifice cost due to the use of expensive additives. In addition, the inventors of the present invention have studied the addition of a method for adding optical properties to control the optical performance, and the results are clear = using previously known additives, after the polarizing plate is processed, the surface is unevenly displayed after being attached to the panel. Becomes all--, the residue is unsatisfactory. Further, it has also been clarified that the change of the member on the support when casting the film is carried out as a result of the conventionally known length, which is similarly applied to the panel. Therefore, it is very difficult to improve the in-plane display of the panel in addition to the reverse dispersion and the Rth which improves the maternal film thickness. 201219464 -rlt. Therefore, in addition to the above-mentioned optical characteristics, it is necessary to change the film physical properties to the extent that the in-plane display uniformity can be improved, in addition to the above-mentioned optical characteristics. The film condition is improved by the method. SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION The subject of the present invention is to provide a material for the production of deuterated cellulose and the like, wherein the (four) fiber is inversely dispersed in the shape of the filament, and the Rth of the mother film thickness is large, and the polarized light is polarized. When the board is processed and attached to the panel, it is not uniform in the plane. ^Under normal circumstances, the more the extension ratio in the TD direction (the film transfer direction Si, that is, the film width direction), the more 2 ^ (refer to the film obtained from the Japanese lions _62) In the middle or (10) (cellulose acetate butyrate == cellulose acetate propionate) ==:; in terms of in-plane uniformity, there is still a problem.伸 respective |=#&quot;Factory, regarding the manufacturing method, the county has a special study on the vertical extension and the horizontal extension and the residual volatile components, and in this case in the direction of the rush / by the special = even if it is described in the second document Real two === Solvent residual amount or drying condition, and there is no combination of 201219464t w〆aw, /b 11 for different extensions. Therefore, a combination of different solutions of T:: acidified cellulose. The formulation and manufacturing quantity and reverse dispersion of the unevenness in the S hair; the performance of the target Rth 罝 and the film of the sister b, the biliary direction above, the TD/M ^ number of the elastic modulus ^ to the special value

方向之彈性楹壑々丁仏&amp; 特疋之範圍、將TD 弹_數之不均控制為特定值 工後貼附於面板上時,卜的膜於偏先板加 完成本發明。於面内的顯示不均顯著降低’從而 另外,本發明者發現藉由採用與酿 應之特定延伸條件,提供可兼顧=維素之種類對 各種酿化纖維素膜,從而完成本發明之膜之 具體而言,藉由以下手段而解決上述課題。 了種醯化纖維素膜,其特徵在於:包含總醯基取 111 之酿化纖維素’膜搬送方向之彈性模數為 3200 MPa μ,織度料之雜魏之 以下,且滿足下述式(1)〜式〇): 式(1) OnmSARe$15.〇nm (式中,她表示自波長63〇 nmT之面内方向之延 遲值減去波長450 rnn下之面内延遲值而所得之值(單位 為 nm)) 式(2) 2xl〇-3SRth/d$6&gt;&lt;10-3 沖(式中,Rth表示波長550 nm下之膜厚方向之延遲值 (單位為nm)’d表示膜厚(單位為〇11)) 201219464 1 VV/pif 式(3) 1.0SE' (TD) /E’(MD) S1.43 (式中,E,(MD)表示膜搬送方向之彈性模數(單位 為MPa),E’(TD)表示膜寬度方向之彈性模數(單位為 MPa))。 [2] 如[1]所述之醯化纖維素膜,其中,膜搬送方向之 彈性模數為3500 MPa以上。 [3] 如[1]或[2]所述之醯化纖維素膜,其中,波長59〇 nm下之面内方向之延遲值Re與波長590 nm下之膜厚方 向之延遲值Rth滿足下述式: 35 nm$Re$80 nm、100 nm$Rth$300 nm。 [4] 如[1]〜[3]中任一項所述之醯化纖維素膜,其中, 所述醯化纖維素是乙酸纖維素。 [5] 如[1]〜[4]中任一項所述之醢化纖維素膜,其中, 包含縮聚醋(polycondensed ester)。 [6] 如[1]〜[5]中任一項所述之醯化纖維素膜,其中, 相對於所述醯化纖維素而包含不足3 wt%之Re表現劑。 [7] 如[1]〜[6]中任一項所述之醯化纖維素膜,其中, 含有下述通式(1)所表示之有機酸: 通式(1) (於通式(1)中,X表示包含酸解離常數為5 5以下 之酸性基的取代基,L表示單鍵或2價以上之連結基,Ri 表示碳數為6〜30之烷基、碳數為6〜3〇之烯基、碳數為 6〜30之炔基、碳數為6〜30之芳基或碳數為6〜30之雜 201219464t 環基,且亦可進一步具有取代基;n於L為單鍵之情形時 為1,於L為2價以上之連結基之情形時為(L之價數、丨))。 [8] 如[7]所述之醯化纖維素膜,其中,所述通式(1) 中之R1表示碳數為6〜24之烷基、碳數為6〜24之稀基或 碳數為6〜24之炔基(其中’亦可進一步具有取代基)。 [9] 如[7]或[8]所述之醯化纖維素膜,其中,所述通式 (1)中之X具有至少一個選自由羧基、磺酸基、亞續酸 基、填酸基、確醯亞胺基及抗壞血酸基所構成之群組的至 少一種基。 [10] 如[7]〜[9]中任一項所述之醯化纖維素膜,其 中,所述通式(1)中之L是單鍵、或者選自下述單元群 組之2價以上之連結基或由選自下述單元群組之2個以上 單元組合而所得之連結基; 單元:-0-、-CO-、-N(R2)-(所述R2表示碳數為ι〜5 之烷基)、-OH、-CH = CH-、-CH(OH)-、-CH2-、-S02-、The direction of the elastic 楹壑々 仏 amp amp amp 疋 、 、 、 、 、 TD TD TD TD TD TD TD TD TD TD TD TD TD TD TD TD TD TD TD TD TD TD TD TD TD TD TD TD TD TD TD TD TD TD TD In addition, the display unevenness in the in-plane is remarkably lowered. In addition, the present inventors have found that the film of the present invention can be completed by providing various types of cellulose-dyed films which can be used in combination with the specific elongation conditions of the brewing. Specifically, the above problems are solved by the following means. The bismuth cellulose film is characterized in that the elastic modulus of the direction of the brewing cellulose film containing the total thiol group of 111 is 3200 MPa μ, which is below the weft of the woven material, and satisfies the following formula (1)~式〇): Formula (1) OnmSARe$15.〇nm (wherein, she represents the value obtained by subtracting the in-plane retardation value at a wavelength of 450 rnn from the retardation value in the in-plane direction of the wavelength 63〇nmT (Unit: nm)) Equation (2) 2xl〇-3SRth/d$6&gt;&lt;10-3 Punching (wherein Rth represents the retardation value in the film thickness direction at a wavelength of 550 nm (in nm)'d" Film thickness (unit: 〇11)) 201219464 1 VV/pif type (3) 1.0SE' (TD) /E'(MD) S1.43 (where E, (MD) indicates the elastic modulus of the film transport direction (The unit is MPa), and E'(TD) indicates the elastic modulus (in MPa) in the film width direction. [2] The cellulose-deposited film according to [1], wherein the film has a direction of elasticity of 3500 MPa or more. [3] The cellulose-deposited film according to [1] or [2], wherein the retardation value Re of the in-plane direction at a wavelength of 59 〇 nm and the retardation value Rth of the film thickness direction at a wavelength of 590 nm satisfy the lower Description: 35 nm$Re$80 nm, 100 nm$Rth$300 nm. [4] The cellulose-degraded cellulose film according to any one of [1] to [3] wherein the cellulose deuterated cellulose is cellulose acetate. [5] The cellulose-degraded cellulose film according to any one of [1] to [4], which comprises a polycondensed ester. [6] The cellulose-deposited film according to any one of [1] to [5], wherein a less than 3 wt% of Re manifest is contained with respect to the deuterated cellulose. [7] The cellulose-deposited film according to any one of [1] to [6], which contains the organic acid represented by the following formula (1): Formula (1) (in the formula ( In 1), X represents a substituent having an acidic group having an acid dissociation constant of 5 5 or less, L represents a single bond or a divalent or higher linking group, and Ri represents an alkyl group having a carbon number of 6 to 30 and a carbon number of 6 to 6. An alkenyl group of 3, an alkynyl group having a carbon number of 6 to 30, an aryl group having a carbon number of 6 to 30, or a heterocyclic 201219464t ring group having a carbon number of 6 to 30, and further having a substituent; n is at L In the case of a single bond, it is 1, and when L is a linking group of two or more valences, it is (the valence of L, 丨)). [8] The cellulose-deposited film according to [7], wherein R1 in the formula (1) represents an alkyl group having a carbon number of 6 to 24, a carbon group having a carbon number of 6 to 24, or carbon The number is an alkynyl group of 6 to 24 (wherein 'may further have a substituent). [9] The cellulose-deposited film according to [7] or [8], wherein X in the formula (1) has at least one member selected from the group consisting of a carboxyl group, a sulfonic acid group, a sulfonic acid group, and an acid-filling group. At least one group consisting of a group consisting of an imine group and an ascorbate group. [10] The cellulose-deposited film according to any one of [7], wherein L in the formula (1) is a single bond or is selected from the group of the following a linking group having a valence or higher or a linking group obtained by combining two or more units selected from the group of the following units; a unit: -0-, -CO-, -N(R2)- (the R2 represents a carbon number of 1-4 alkyl), -OH, -CH = CH-, -CH(OH)-, -CH2-, -S02-,

HCIHCI

[11] 如[7]〜[10]中任一項所述之醯化纖維素膜,其 中’所述通式(1)所表示之有機酸是於1分子多元醇上鍵 結1分子脂肪酸與1分子多元敌酸而成’且具有至少1個 源自多元羧酸之未經取代之叛基。 [12] 如[7]〜[11]中任一項所述之醯化纖維素膜,其 中’所述通式(1)所表示之有機酸之分子量為200〜1000。 201219464 j^iuupif [13] 如[1]〜[12]中任一項所述之醯化纖維素膜,其 中’具有2層以上之積層結構,各層中所含之醯化纖維素 的平均總酿基取代度互相不同。 [14] 如[1]〜[13]中任一項所述之醯化纖維素膜,其 中’膜寬度方向端部之遲相轴方位之不均的標準偏差(σ) 為0.10以下。 [15] —種醯化纖維素膜之製造方法,其特徵在於,包 括··將包含總醯基取代度為2.1〜2.8之乙酸纖維素的摻雜 物於金屬支撐體上進行溶液流延而獲得膜之步驟;藉由滿 足下述式(i)之殘留揮發成分Η1將所述膜自金屬支撐體 上剥下之步驟;將所剝下之膜於滿足下述式(ii)之殘留 揮發成分H2之狀態下沿膜搬送方向延伸5%〜1〇〇%之步 驟;將所剝下之膜於滿足下述式(i)之殘留揮發成分H3 之狀態下沿與膜搬送方向正交之方向延伸2 0 %〜15 〇 %之 步驟;所述延伸步驟滿足下述式(iv); 式(i) 20%$H1S60% 式(ii) 10%$H2S60% 式(iii) 5%^H3^45% 式(iv) (MD延伸倍率+ 100%) / (TD延伸饵皇 + 100%) 20.70 ° (式中,MD延伸倍率表示於膜搬送方向上之延伸倍 率(單位為%),TD延伸倍率表示於與膜搬送方向正交之 方向上之延伸倍率(單位為%))。 [16] —種醯化纖維素膜之製造方法,其特徵在於,包 11 201219464 括·將包含總醯基取代度為2.1〜2.8之丁酸纖維素或丙酸 纖維素的摻雜物於金屬支撐體上進行溶液流延而獲得膜之 步驟;藉由滿足下述式(i)之殘留揮發成分H1將所述膜 自金屬支撐體上剝下之步驟;將所剝下之膜於滿足下述式 (ϋ)之殘留揮發成分H2之狀態下沿膜搬送方向延伸20% 〜100%之步驟;將所剝下之膜於滿足下述式之殘留 揮發成分H3之狀態下沿與膜搬送方向正交之方向延伸 35%〜150%之步驟;所述延伸步驟滿足下述式(iv); 式(i) 20%^HI ^60% 式(ii) 10%$H2S60% 式(iii) 5%^H3^45% 式(iv) (MD延伸倍率+ 100%) / (td延伸倍率 + 100%) ^0.70 (式中,MD延伸倍率表示於膜搬送方向上之延伸倍 率(單位為%)’丁〇延伸倍率表示於與膜搬送方向正交之 方向上之延伸倍率(單位為%乃。 [17]如[15]或[16]所述之醯化纖維素膜之製造方法, 其中,一面將拉力(tensi〇n)變動值控制為不足1〇N/m之 狀態一面進行所述於膜搬送方向上之延伸。 、生间如[15]〜[17]中任一項所述之酿化纖維素膜之製 造方法’其中’戶斤述摻雜物使用醯化纖維素之總酿基取代 =互不同之2種以上摻雜物,將各摻雜物共流延於支禮 [19]如[15]〜[18]中任一項所述之醯化纖維素膜之掣 12 201219464 j^iuupif 造方法,其中,於所述剝下步驟至所述延伸步驟之過渡部 分中’所述膜通過3根以上之至少繞角(wrap angle)為 60°以上之路徑輥(path roll)。 [20] 如[15]〜[19]中任一項所述之醯化纖維素膜之製 造方法,其中,所述路徑親包含至少1根跳動裝置。 [21] 如[15]〜[20]中任一項所述之醯化纖維素膜之製 造方法’其中,自所述金屬支撐體之背面及表面之雙方, 對所述金屬支樓體上所流延的所述摻雜物吹乾燥風。 [22] 如[15]〜[21]中任一項所述之醯化纖維素膜之製 造方法,其中,藉由拉幅機進行所述於與膜搬送方向正交 之方向上的延伸,滿足下述式(v); 式(v) Wx302L2Wx2 (式中,L表示自所述剝下步驟至所述拉幅機之距離 (單位為mm),W表示所剝下之膜的寬度(單位為mm))。 [23] —種醯化纖維素膜,其特徵在於:藉由如[丨习〜 [22]中任一項所述之醯化纖維素臈之製造方法而製造。 [24] —種偏光板,其特徵在於:包含偏光元件、如[丄] 〜[14]及[23]中任一項所述之醯化纖維素膜。 [25] —種液晶顯示裝置,其特徵在於:包含如[丨]〜。々] 及[23]中任一項所述之醯化纖維素膜或如[24]所述之偏光 板。 [發明的效果] 可提供醯化纖維素膜及其製造方法,此醯化纖維素膜 之波長分散為逆分散性,每單位膜厚之Rth大,於偏光板 13 201219464 加工後貼附於面板上時的顯示於面内變均一。而且,使用 本發明之醯化纖維素膜的液晶顯示裝置即使於大型化之情 形時’正面對比度亦良好。 【實施方式】 以下,對本發明之内容加以詳細之說明。以下中所記 載之構成要件的說明雖然是基於本發明之代表性實施態樣 而進行,但本發明並不限定於此種實施態樣。另外,ς本 申^說明書中’所謂「〜」是以如下之含義而使用:包含 其刖後所記載之數值而作為下限值及上限值。於本說明書 中,將膜搬送方向稱為縱方向、膜長邊方向或]^0方向, 將與膜搬送方向正交的方向稱為橫方向、膜寬度方向或td 方向。 [醯化纖維素膜] 本發明之醯化纖維素膜(以下亦稱為本發明之膜)包 3總醯基取代度為2.1〜2.8之醯化纖維素,其特徵在於: ,搬送方向之彈性模數為32〇〇 Mpa以上,膜寬度方向之 彈性模數之不均為0.5 GPa以下,且滿足下述式⑴〜 (3)。 式(1 ) OSAReg 15.0 (式中,ARe表示自波長630 nm下之面内方向之延 遲值減去波長450 nm下之面内延遲值而所得之值(單位 為 nm)。) 式(2) 2xUT3SRth/dS6xlO·3 (式中,Rth表不波長55〇 nm下之膜厚方向之延遲值 201219464. J^iuupif (單位為nm)’ ^示膜厚(單位為腿)。) 式(3) 1.0SE· (TD) /E,(MD) $1·43 (式中,E, (MD)表示膜搬送方向之彈性模數(單位 二MPa),E| (TD)表示膜寬度方向之彈性模數 MPa)。) 而且,本發明之膜可藉由本發明之膜之製造方法而製 U。以下,對本發明之膜加以說明。 &lt;膜特性&gt; (延遲) 明書中,Re⑴* Rth⑴*別表示於波長 λ下之面内之延遲及厚度方向之延遲。於本中請說明書 己Γ時,波長λ為550 Μ&lt;λ)是於K〇BRA 21纏或慨(王子計測機器股份有限公司製造)中 =光向叙法線方向人射而測定。於選擇測定 時’可手動賴波錢擇型較^,或者藉由 程式專對測定值進行轉換而測定。 曰 於=定之_單軸或雙歡折射率射喊示之情 形時,猎由以下之方法而算出Rth (λ)。[11] The cellulose-degraded cellulose film according to any one of [7], wherein the organic acid represented by the general formula (1) is bonded to one molecule of a fatty acid on one molecule of the polyol. It is made with 1 molecule of dicarboxylic acid and has at least one unsubstituted thiol derived from polycarboxylic acid. [12] The cellulose-deposited film according to any one of [7], wherein the organic acid represented by the formula (1) has a molecular weight of 200 to 1,000. The bismuth cellulose film according to any one of [1] to [12], wherein 'the average total of the deuterated cellulose contained in each layer' has a laminated structure of two or more layers. The degree of substitution of the base is different from each other. [14] The cellulose-deposited film according to any one of [1] to [13] wherein the standard deviation (?) of the unevenness of the retardation axis direction at the end portion in the film width direction is 0.10 or less. [15] A method for producing a cellulose-deposited cellulose film, comprising: doping a solution containing a cellulose acetate having a total thiol substitution degree of 2.1 to 2.8 on a metal support a step of obtaining a film; a step of peeling the film from the metal support by satisfying the residual volatile component Η1 of the following formula (i); and removing the film from the residual volatilization satisfying the following formula (ii) a step of extending 5% to 1% by weight in the film transport direction in the state of the component H2; and the peeled film is orthogonal to the film transport direction in a state in which the residual volatile component H3 of the following formula (i) is satisfied. The step of extending the direction from 20% to 15%; the extension step satisfies the following formula (iv); (i) 20%$H1S60%, formula (ii) 10%$H2S60%, formula (iii) 5%^H3 ^45% Formula (iv) (MD stretching ratio + 100%) / (TD extension bait + 100%) 20.70 ° (In the formula, MD stretching ratio indicates the stretching ratio in the film conveying direction (unit: %), TD The stretching ratio is expressed by the stretching ratio (unit: %) in the direction orthogonal to the film conveying direction. [16] A method for producing a bismuth cellulose film, characterized in that the package 11 201219464 includes a dopant comprising a cellulose butyrate or a cellulose propionate having a total thiol substitution degree of 2.1 to 2.8. a step of performing solution casting on the support to obtain a film; a step of peeling the film from the metal support by satisfying the residual volatile component H1 of the following formula (i); and the peeled film is satisfied a step of extending 20% to 100% in the film transport direction in the state of the residual volatile component H2 of the above formula (;); and the peeled film is conveyed in the direction of the film in a state in which the residual volatile component H3 of the following formula is satisfied a step of extending from 35% to 150% in the direction of orthogonality; the extending step satisfies the following formula (iv); Formula (i) 20%^HI^60% Formula (ii) 10%$H2S60% Formula (iii) 5 %^H3^45% Formula (iv) (MD stretching ratio + 100%) / (td stretching ratio + 100%) ^0.70 (In the formula, the MD stretching ratio indicates the stretching ratio in the film conveying direction (unit: %) ''Drawing magnification ratio is expressed as a stretching ratio in a direction orthogonal to the film conveying direction (unit is %. [17] Deuterated cellulose as described in [15] or [16] In the manufacturing method, the stretching in the film transport direction is performed while controlling the variation of the tensile force (tensi〇n) to less than 1〇N/m. The living room is as in [15] to [17]. The method for producing a brewing cellulose film according to any one of the preceding claims, wherein the dopants are replaced by a total of two different dopants of the deuterated cellulose, and the dopants are [12] The method for producing a fluoridated cellulose film according to any one of [15] to [18], wherein the stripping step to the extending In the transition portion of the step, the film passes through at least three path rolls having a wrap angle of 60 or more. [20] As described in any one of [15] to [19] The method for producing a cellulose film according to any one of [15] to [20], wherein the method of producing a cellulose film according to any one of [15] to [20] Wherein, from both the back surface and the surface of the metal support body, the dopants cast on the metal branch body are blown dry air. [22] [15]~[21] In the method for producing a cellulose-degraded cellulose film according to any one of the preceding claims, wherein the stretching in a direction orthogonal to the film transporting direction is performed by a tenter, the following formula (v) is satisfied; Wx302L2Wx2 (where L represents the distance from the stripping step to the tenter (in mm), and W represents the width (in mm) of the stripped film.) [23] A cellulose film produced by the method for producing a cellulose oxime according to any one of [22]. [24] A polarizing plate comprising a polarizing element, such as the cellulose oxide film according to any one of [14] to [14] or [23]. [25] A liquid crystal display device comprising: [丨]~. The cellulose-deposited film according to any one of [23], or the polarizing plate according to [24]. [Effect of the Invention] A deuterated cellulose film and a method for producing the same can be provided. The wavelength dispersion of the deuterated cellulose film is inversely dispersed, and the Rth per unit film thickness is large, and is attached to the panel after processing on the polarizing plate 13 201219464. The display on the top becomes uniform in the plane. Further, the liquid crystal display device using the cellulose-degraded cellulose film of the present invention has a good front surface contrast even in the case of an enlarged size. [Embodiment] Hereinafter, the contents of the present invention will be described in detail. The description of the constituent elements recited below is based on a representative embodiment of the present invention, but the present invention is not limited to such an embodiment. In addition, "the so-called "~" in the specification is used as follows: the numerical value described later is included as the lower limit and the upper limit. In the present specification, the film transport direction is referred to as a longitudinal direction, a film longitudinal direction, or a ^0 direction, and a direction orthogonal to the film transport direction is referred to as a lateral direction, a film width direction, or a td direction. [Silified cellulose film] The cellulose-degraded cellulose film of the present invention (hereinafter also referred to as the film of the present invention) comprises a cellulose having a total thiol substitution degree of 2.1 to 2.8, which is characterized in that: The modulus of elasticity is 32 〇〇Mpa or more, and the modulus of elasticity in the film width direction is not more than 0.5 GPa, and the following formulas (1) to (3) are satisfied. Equation (1) OSAReg 15.0 (wherein ARe represents the value obtained by subtracting the in-plane retardation value at a wavelength of 450 nm from the retardation value in the in-plane direction at a wavelength of 630 nm (in nm).) 2xUT3SRth/dS6xlO·3 (In the formula, Rth indicates the retardation value in the film thickness direction at a wavelength of 55 〇 nm 201219464. J^iuupif (unit: nm)' ^ shows the film thickness (unit is leg).) (3) 1.0SE· (TD) /E, (MD) $1·43 (where E, (MD) represents the elastic modulus of the film transport direction (unit: 2 MPa), and E| (TD) represents the elastic mode of the film width direction MPa). Further, the film of the present invention can be produced by the method for producing a film of the present invention. Hereinafter, the film of the present invention will be described. &lt;Film characteristics&gt; (Delay) In the specification, Re(1)* Rth(1)* does not indicate the retardation in the plane at the wavelength λ and the retardation in the thickness direction. In the case of this manual, the wavelength λ is 550 Μ &lt; λ) is measured by K〇BRA 21 wrapped or generous (manufactured by Oji Scientific Instruments Co., Ltd.) = light is measured in the direction of the normal line. In the case of selecting the measurement, the amount can be manually determined or converted by the program to measure the measured value.于 When the _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _

Rth (λ)是相對於將面内之遲相 測Η或W而判斷)作為傾斜車由 法線方向,自法線方向至單側5Q度處每隔 該傾斜之方向入射波長為λ nm之光, 述ReU),基於該測定之延遲值 =:= 15 ,if 201219464 所輸入之膜厚值而由KOBRA21ADH或WR算出。 於上述令,於具有以面内之遲相軸為旋轉轴, 方向起某傾斜角度處延遲值成為零之方向_之情开 | 關於較該傾斜角度更大之傾斜角度的 更為負之後’由K0BRA h ADH或败而算疋出H虎變 2外,亦可將遲相_為傾斜軸(旋轉軸 軸之情形時’將膜面内之任意方向作為旋轉轴),自^才目 ,斜之2個方向測定延遲值,基於該值與平均折射率= 疋值及所輸入之膜厚值,藉由以下之式 又 而算出Rth。 汉式U2) 式(11)Rth (λ) is determined from the normal phase of the in-plane Η or W as the tilting direction from the normal direction, from the normal direction to the one-sided 5Q degree, the incident wavelength is λ nm every other direction of the tilt. Light, ReU), based on the measured retardation value =:= 15 , if the film thickness value entered in 201219464 is calculated by KOBRA21ADH or WR. In the above-mentioned order, when the retardation axis with the in-plane is the rotation axis, the direction in which the delay value becomes zero at a certain inclination angle is opened _ the more oblique angle of the inclination angle larger than the inclination angle If the K0BRA h ADH or the failure is calculated, the H phase change 2 can also be used. The late phase _ can also be the tilt axis (when the axis of the rotation axis is used, 'any direction in the film plane is used as the rotation axis). The retardation value was measured in two directions of inclination, and based on the value and the average refractive index = 疋 value and the input film thickness value, Rth was calculated by the following equation. Chinese style U2) (11)

Re^)* 延遲表示自法線方向傾斜角度θ之方向的 值。式(11)中之ηχ表示面内之遲相轴方 ny表示於面内與ηχ正交之方向的折射率,η折,, 及ny正交之方向之折射率,廿為膜厚。 不/、nx 式(12)Re^)* The delay represents the value in the direction of the inclination angle θ from the normal direction. η 式 in the formula (11) indicates that the retardation axis in the plane represents the refractive index in the direction orthogonal to η 面 in the plane, the refractive index in the direction in which η is orthogonal, and 廿 is the film thickness. No /, nx (12)

Rth= {(nx + ny) /2-nz} xd 所測定之膜是無法以單軸或雙轴之折 之^亦::無光軸(0ptlcaxis)謂之情擴 之方法而算出Rth (λ)。 了稭由以下 201219464Rth= {(nx + ny) /2-nz} xd The film measured cannot be uniaxially or biaxially folded. *: Rth (λ) is calculated by the method of expanding the optical axis (0ptlcaxis). ). The straw is as follows 201219464

Rth (λ)是將面内之遲相軸(藉由k〇BRa2iadH4 WR而判斷)作為傾斜軸(旋轉軸),相對於膜之法線方向 自-50度至+ 50度處每隔1〇度地分別自該傾斜之方向入射 波長為ληηι之光而測定U點之所述以以),基於該測定 之延遲值與平均折射率之假定值及所輸入之膜厚值,由 KOBRA 21ADH 或 WR 而算出。 於上述測定中,平均折射率之假定值可使用聚合物手 冊(JOHN WILEY &amp; SONS, INC)中各種光學膜之目錄 值。關於平均折射率之值並非已知者,可籍由阿貝折射計 而測定。將主要之光學膜之平均折射率之值例示於以下: 酿化纖維素(1.48)、環烯烴聚合物(152)、聚碳酸酯 (1.59)、聚甲基丙烯酸甲酯49)、聚苯乙烯(159)。 藉由輸入該些平均折射率之假定值與膜厚,可由KOBRA 21ADH或WR而算出nx、ny、nz。藉由該算出之nx、ny、 nz 而進一步計算出 Nz= ( nx-nz) / ( nx-ny )。Rth (λ) is the in-plane retardation axis (determined by k〇BRa2iadH4 WR) as the tilt axis (rotation axis), every 1〇 from -50 degrees to +50 degrees with respect to the normal direction of the film. Degreely measuring the light of the wavelength ληηι from the oblique direction and measuring the U point, based on the measured retardation value and the assumed value of the average refractive index and the input film thickness value, by KOBRA 21ADH or Calculated by WR. In the above measurement, the assumed value of the average refractive index can be used as a catalogue value of various optical films in the polymer handbook (JOHN WILEY &amp; SONS, INC). The value of the average refractive index is not known and can be measured by an Abbe refractometer. The values of the average refractive index of the main optical film are shown below: brewing cellulose (1.48), cycloolefin polymer (152), polycarbonate (1.59), polymethyl methacrylate 49), polystyrene (159). By inputting the assumed values of the average refractive indices and the film thickness, nx, ny, and nz can be calculated from KOBRA 21ADH or WR. Further, Nz = ( nx - nz) / ( nx - ny ) is calculated by the calculated nx, ny, and nz.

Re較佳的是35 nm$Re$70 nm,更佳的是40 nm$Re$ 60 nm 〇 而且,Rth較佳的是滿足60nm$RthS300 nm,更佳 的是滿足80 nmSRthg 150 nm。藉由設為此種Rth,可製 作色偏(color shift)更少之VA用相位差膜。 (波長分散) 本發明之膜是波長630 nm下之面内方向之延遲Re (630)與波長450 nm下之面内方向之延遲Re (450)之 差 ARe (亦即 ARe = Re(630)-Re(450))滿足下述式(1) 17 201219464t 之逆分散膜,可改善内裝於液晶顯示裝置中時之視角色調 變化。 式(1) 0nm^ARe^l5_0nm (式中,ARe表示自波長630 nm下之面内方向之延 遲值減去波長450 nm下之面内延遲值而所得之值(單位 為 nm) ° ) 本發明之膜更佳的是所述ARe為0.5 rim〜10 nm,特 佳的是1.0 nm〜9.0 nm。 (Rth/d) 本發明之膜是滿足下述式(2)之膜,可兼顧膜之薄膜 化及充分之Rth表現,且可降低膜之原料成本。 式(2) 2xl〇-3SRth/dS6xlO·3 (式中,Rth表示波長550 nm下之膜厚方向之延遲值 (單位為nm)’ d表示膜厚(單位為nm)。) 所述Rth/d較佳的是2.0ΧΚΓ3〜5·〇χ1〇·3,更佳的是 2·5χ1(Γ3〜4.5χ1〇-3〇 (膜長邊方向之遲相軸方位之標準偏差σ6〇〇及 σ-600) 本發明之膜較佳的是膜寬度方而端部之遲相軸方位之 不均的標準偏差(σ)為010以下。所謂膜寬度方向端部 是指自膜寬度方向中央部起,於膜寬度方向上,向端部方 向離開600 mm〜1〇〇〇 mm之部位,且自膜寬度方向端部 起離開100mm以上之任意部位,因膜寬而異。 。 自於寬幅的液晶顯示裝置中使用時可充分地起到本發 201219464 j^xoopif 明之效果的觀點考慮’幸乂佳的是本發明之膜的膜寬為lye mm以上且滿足下述式(4)及式(5),更佳的是滿足下述 式(4’)及式(5·)。 式(4) σ600$0.13ο 式(5) σ-600$0.13ο (於式(4)及式(5)中’ σ6〇〇表示自膜寬度方向之 中央線起,於其中一個膜端部方向上離開6〇〇 之線上 檢測膜長邊方向之遲相軸方位時的遲相轴方位之桿 差’ σ-600表示自膜寬度方向之中央線起,於另一個膜端 部方向上離開600 mm之線上檢測膜長邊方向之遲相軸方 位時的遲相轴方位之標準偏差。) 式(4,) σ600$0.ΐ〇。 式(5’) σ·600$〇.ΐ〇。 此處,所述σ600及σ_600較佳的是於膜長邊方向上, 持續2000m而測定時滿足式(4)及式(5),更佳的是於 膜長邊方向上,持續400〇m而測定時滿足式(4)及式(5)。 膜長邊方向之遲相軸方位的標準偏差σ6〇〇及σ 可離線(off line)測定亦可線内(in line)測定,自消除 裁斷時與職翁向之平衡偏移峨點考慮,較佳線 内測定。 〜而且’若於膜上下晃動之條件下實施長邊方向之線内 /則疋,則會超過實際地較大地檢測出各遲相轴不均,因此 較佳的是於將膜上下之晃動抑制為2 _以下之條件下進 仃測定。作為抑制此種膜上下之晃動的枝,例如可列舉 201219464 ivrupif 定搬送本發明之膜-面進行剩 徑輥。 使用於0.5 mm以内平行地送出之路 於線内測定膜長邊方向之遲相軸方位之標準偏差 σ600及σ_6〇〇之情形昧,# 並無特別限制,可夢由任速度或檢測時間之間隔 於以2〇m/腿進2=之=而測定。於本發明中, 仃微运時’使用以0.1秒之間隔,每隔 刪m地連續測定2000m之資料,計算各押:差母^ 而且,關於膜長邊方向之遲相軸方位之標準偏差σ_ 及σ-600的其他測定條件,以如下之方式進行設定,藉由 以下之方法進行檢測及計算。 ^置:高速延制絲置R_鱗電子股份 公司製造 測定長度:2000 m 測定間距:於20m/min搬送時,每隔〇]秒之連續測 定 對於大致60000點之資料,藉由 X 藉此處,&amp;是各遲相㈣度不均,阶 20 201219464 jyioopifRe is preferably 35 nm$Re$70 nm, more preferably 40 nm$Re$60 nm 〇 and Rth preferably satisfies 60 nm$RthS300 nm, and more preferably satisfies 80 nm SRthg 150 nm. By setting such Rth, it is possible to produce a retardation film for VA having less color shift. (Wavelength dispersion) The film of the present invention has a retardation Re (630) in the in-plane direction at a wavelength of 630 nm and a retardation Re (450) in the in-plane direction at a wavelength of 450 nm (that is, ARe = Re (630) -Re (450)) The inverse dispersion film of the following formula (1) 17 201219464t is satisfied, and the change in the color tone of the viewing angle when incorporated in the liquid crystal display device can be improved. Formula (1) 0nm^ARe^l5_0nm (wherein ARe represents the value obtained by subtracting the in-plane retardation value at a wavelength of 450 nm from the in-plane retardation value at a wavelength of 630 nm (in nm) ° ) More preferably, the film of the invention has an ARe of 0.5 rim to 10 nm, and particularly preferably 1.0 nm to 9.0 nm. (Rth/d) The film of the present invention is a film satisfying the following formula (2), which can achieve both film thinning and sufficient Rth performance, and can reduce the raw material cost of the film. Formula (2) 2xl〇-3SRth/dS6xlO·3 (wherein Rth represents a retardation value (unit: nm) in the film thickness direction at a wavelength of 550 nm] d represents a film thickness (unit: nm).) The Rth/ d is preferably 2.0ΧΚΓ3~5·〇χ1〇·3, more preferably 2·5χ1 (Γ3~4.5χ1〇-3〇 (standard deviation of the azimuth direction of the longitudinal direction of the film σ6〇〇 and σ) -600) The film of the present invention preferably has a film width and a standard deviation (σ) of the unevenness of the retardation axis direction of the end portion is 010 or less. The film width direction end portion means from the center portion in the film width direction. In the film width direction, it is separated from the end portion by a distance of 600 mm to 1 mm, and any portion that is apart from the end portion in the film width direction by more than 100 mm varies depending on the width of the film. In the case of using the liquid crystal display device, the effect of the present invention can be sufficiently achieved. The film thickness of the film of the present invention is lye mm or more and satisfies the following formula (4) and formula ( 5), more preferably, the following formula (4') and formula (5·) are satisfied. Formula (4) σ600$0.13ο Equation (5) σ-600$0.13ο (in equations (4) and (5) ' Σ6〇〇 represents the rod difference of the azimuth of the slow phase axis when the direction of the longitudinal axis of the film is detected from the center line in the width direction of the film in the direction of one of the film ends. The standard deviation of the azimuth direction of the slow phase axis when the direction of the longitudinal axis of the film is detected from the center line in the width direction of the film from the center line in the film width direction is detected.) (4,) σ600 (0') σ·600$〇.ΐ〇 Here, the σ600 and σ_600 are preferably in the longitudinal direction of the film, lasting 2000 m, and satisfying the formula (4) and the formula when measured. (5), more preferably, it is 400 〇m in the longitudinal direction of the film and satisfies the formula (4) and the formula (5) in the measurement. The standard deviation σ6 〇〇 and σ of the azimuth direction of the longitudinal direction of the film in the longitudinal direction The off-line measurement can also be determined in-line, and it is better to measure the balance from the balance when the cutting is cut off. It is better to measure in the line. ~ And 'if the film is shaken up and down When the line in the long-side direction is implemented, then the delay of each of the slow-phase axes is detected more than the actual size. The measurement is carried out under the condition that the sloshing of the film is suppressed to 2 Å or less. As a branch for suppressing the sloshing of the film up and down, for example, the film-surface-remaining roll of the present invention can be transported by 201219464 ivrupif. The standard deviation σ600 and σ_6〇〇 of the azimuth direction of the longitudinal direction of the film in the longitudinal direction of the film are measured in parallel within 0.5 mm. 昧, # is not particularly limited, and may be separated by any speed or detection time. It was measured by 2 = m / leg into 2 = =. In the present invention, when the micro-transport is used, the data of 2000 m is continuously measured every 0.1 seconds at intervals of 0.1 second, and the respective deviations of the azimuth direction of the longitudinal direction of the film are calculated. The other measurement conditions of σ_ and σ-600 were set as follows, and detection and calculation were performed by the following methods. ^ Placement: High-speed extension wire set R_Scale Electronics Co., Ltd. Manufactured length: 2000 m Measurement pitch: continuous measurement every 20 seconds/min, for approximately 20,000 points of data, by X , &amp; is the late phase (four) degree uneven, order 20 201219464 jyioopif

n /«1 而計算分散σ。 (彈性模數) 本發明之膜的膜搬送方向之彈性模數E,(MD)為32〇〇 MPa以上,膜寬度方向之彈性模數E,(TD) GPa以下,且滿足下述式⑴。 ^〇·5 式(3) 1.0SF (TD) /E,(MD) $1.43 、(式中,E’(MD)表示膜搬送方向之彈性模數(單位 為MPa),E’(TD)表示膜寬度方向之彈性模數( MPa)。) »; r.. 月丨J ( 藉由使用滿足此種物性的膜,於偏光板加工後貼附於 面板上時的顯示於面内之不均顯著減低的理由之詳細情況 尚不明確。雖然不拘泥於任何理由,但實際上於包含溶液 製膜法中财的殘轉發成分之_延伸中,結果可較先 步改善狀雜模數本身之值、敵雜模數 膜之彈性模數不均被認為是由於彈性模數低而產生 ^)。另-方面’於偏光板加叫,將製職之本發明之膜 ^為偏先板保護膜而貼附於偏光元件時…㈣_ f 一面進㈣合。然而,製敎㈣狀絲特性由於在 工時對賴施加之寬度方向與長邊方向中不同大 的拉力而造成後天地於寬邊、長邊方向產生之 於先前絲缺地研究。目此 數 性亦得到改善的本發明之膜,則可抑制偏光板加= 21 201219464 ’可使偏光板之 所施加的拉力之寬邊、長邊方向之不均一 性能均一。 所述膜搬送方向之彈性模數 MPa〜侧MPa,更佳的是33_ 是 3500 MPa〜4000 MPa。 υ MPa,特佳的 刀回 θ 地朕搬达方向之彈性模數£,(TD)較佳 的疋3200廳〜测贿,更佳的是纖顺〜侧 MPa,特佳的是 4〇〇〇 MPa〜47〇〇 MPa。 而且’e’(tD)/e,(md)較佳的是1〇5〜14 佳的是U0〜丨.35,特佳的是1.15〜1.30。 臈寬度方向之彈性模數E,(TD)之不均為Q 5他以 下,較佳的是〇.4GPa以下,特佳的是〇3咖以下。 (膜厚) 本發明之膜之厚度由所使用之偏光板之種類等而適宜 亡定,較佳的是30 μιη〜60 μιη,更佳的是35 μιη〜55 μηι。 藉由使膜之厚度為60 μιη以下,可降低成本而較佳。 (醯化纖維素膜之層結構) 本發明之膜可為單層膜,亦可具有2層以上之積層結 構。特別是於醯化纖維素之取代度為2 6〜2 8情 較佳的是單層,於取代度為2.卜2.6之情形時之是 2層以上。於此情形時,較佳的是本發明之膜具有2層以 上之積層結構,各層中所含之醯化纖維素的平均總醯基取 代度相互不同。 (膜寬) 22 201219464 本發明之膜較佳的是膜寬為1〇〇〇mm以上, 1500mm以上,特佳的是18〇〇mm以上。 疋 &lt;醯化纖維素&gt; (原料) ⑽所使用讀化纖維素除了包含至少1種總醯 土 又“ .1〜2.8之醯化纖維素以外,並無特別限定。 醯化纖維素較佳的是醯化纖維素,作為醯化原料之纖維 素在有棉絨或核(闊葉樹紙漿、針賴紙衆)等, 無論疋由何種原料纖維素所得之醯化纖維素均可使用,亦 可視情況而混合使用。關於此種原料_素_細記載’,、 例如可使用丸澤、宇田著、「塑膠材料講座(17)纖維素系 樹脂」日刊工業新聞社(1970年發行)或發明協會公開技 報公技編唬200M745號(第7頁〜第8頁)中所記栽之 纖維素。 執 首先,對本發明中較佳使用之醯化纖維素加以詳細記 載。構成纖維素之β_1,4鍵結之葡萄糖單元於2位、3位及 6位具有游離之羥基。醯化纖維素是該些羥基之一部分或 全部被碳數為2以上之醯基酯化而成之聚合物 (polymer)。醯基取代度表示位於2位、3位及6位的纖 維素之羥基酯化之比例(100%之酯化為取代度i)。 本發明之膜之所述醯化纖維素的總醯基取代度,亦即 DS2 + DS3 + DS6為2.1〜2.8 ’較佳的是2.2〜2.7,更佳的 疋2.3〜2.7,特佳的是2.4〜2.6。而且,DS6/ (DS2 + DS3 + DS6)較佳的是〇 〜0.66,更佳的是〇 15〜〇 6〇,進一 23 201219464 lVJVJplf 步更佳的是0.20〜0.45。此處,DS2是葡萄糖單元之2位 的羥基之醯基取代度(以下亦稱為「2位之醯基取代度」)’ DS3是3位之羥基的醯基取代度(以下亦稱為「3位之醯 基取代度」),DS6是6位之羥基的醯基取代度(以下亦稱 為「6位之醯基取代度」)。而且,DS6/(DS2 + DS3 + DS6) 是6位之醯基取代度相對於總醯基取代度的比例,以下亦 稱為「6位之醯基取代率」。 本發明之膜中所使用之醯化纖維素的醯基可僅為1 種,或者亦可使用2種以上之醯基。於使用2種以上醯基 時,較佳的是其中一種為乙醯基,作為碳數為2〜4之醯 基,較佳的是丙醯基或丁醯基。若將2位、3位及6位之 羥基的乙醯基取代度之總和記為DSA,將2位、3位及6 位之羥基的丙醯基或丁醯基取代度之總和記為DSB,則 DSA + DSB之值較佳的是1.5〜2.7。DSB之值較佳的是0 1.70 ’更佳的疋〇〜1.2,特佳的是〇〜〇 5,於本發明中 進-步特佳的是G’亦即所述醯化纖維素為乙酸纖維素。 藉由使DSA與DSB之值紅述範圍,可獲得&amp;於環境濕 度所造成之Re值、Rth值之變化小的膜而較佳。 … 另外’作為DSB,其28%以上為6健基之取代美, 更佳的是3G%以上為6健基之取代基,進_ 二曰 ,以上為6位經基之取代基,特別是32%以上為6位: ,之=代基亦較佳。藉由該些膜,可製作溶紐較 液,特別是於非氣系有機溶劑中,可製作良好 ,合 外可製成黏度低且過濾性佳之溶液q 办液。另n /«1 and calculate the dispersion σ. (Elastic Modulus) The elastic modulus E (MD) of the film transport direction of the film of the present invention is 32 MPa or more, and the elastic modulus E in the film width direction is equal to or less than (TD) GPa, and the following formula (1) is satisfied. . ^〇·5 Equation (3) 1.0SF (TD) /E,(MD) $1.43 , (where E'(MD) represents the elastic modulus of the film transport direction (in MPa), E'(TD) Elastic modulus (MPa) in the width direction of the film.) »; r.. Mooncake J (by using a film that satisfies such physical properties, unevenness in the surface when attached to the panel after processing the polarizing plate The details of the reason for the significant reduction are not clear. Although it is not limited to any reason, in fact, in the extension of the remnant-transfer component including the solution-forming method, the result can be improved by the value of the number of modules. The uneven modulus of the modulus of the enemy film is considered to be due to the low modulus of elasticity. On the other hand, when the film of the present invention is applied as a partial protective film and attached to a polarizing element, it is added to the polarizing plate. (4) _ f One side enters (four). However, the characteristics of the crepe (four) filaments are caused by the difference in the width direction and the long side direction which are applied during the working hours, resulting in the occurrence of the previous sag in the broad side and the long side direction. In the film of the present invention in which the number of the films is also improved, it is possible to suppress the unevenness of the wide side and the long side direction of the tensile force applied to the polarizing plate by the addition of the polarizing plate = 21 201219464 '. The elastic modulus of the film transport direction is MPa to MPa, and more preferably 33_ is 3500 MPa to 4000 MPa. υ MPa, excellent knife back θ elastic modulus of the mantle moving direction £, (TD) better 疋 3200 hall ~ bribe, better is smooth ~ side MPa, especially good 4 〇〇 〇MPa~47〇〇MPa. Further, 'e'(tD)/e, (md) is preferably 1〇5~14, preferably U0~丨.35, and particularly preferably 1.15~1.30. The elastic modulus E in the width direction, (TD) is not all below Q 5 , preferably 〇.4 GPa or less, and particularly preferably 〇3 coffee or less. (Thickness) The thickness of the film of the present invention is suitably determined by the type of the polarizing plate to be used, etc., preferably 30 μm to 60 μm, more preferably 35 μm to 55 μm. By making the thickness of the film 60 μm or less, the cost can be reduced and it is preferable. (Layer structure of deuterated cellulose film) The film of the present invention may be a single layer film or may have a laminated structure of two or more layers. In particular, the degree of substitution in the cellulose of bismuth is 2 6 to 2, preferably a single layer, and in the case where the degree of substitution is 2. 2.6, it is 2 or more. In this case, it is preferred that the film of the present invention has a laminated structure of two or more layers, and the average total thiol group substitution degree of the cellulose-deposited cellulose contained in each layer is different from each other. (Film width) 22 201219464 The film of the present invention preferably has a film width of 1 mm or more, 1500 mm or more, and particularly preferably 18 mm or more.疋&lt;Deuterated cellulose&gt; (raw material) (10) The cellulose to be used is not particularly limited, except for the cellulose of .1 to 2.8 which contains at least one type of total alumina. It is preferred that the cellulose is deuterated, and the cellulose used as the raw material for deuteration is used in cotton wool or nucleus (broadwood pulp, needle paper, etc.), and the cellulose derived from the raw material cellulose can be used. It is also possible to use it in a mixed manner. For this kind of raw material _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Cellulose planted in the Inventor's Association of Public Technical Report No. 200M745 (pages 7 to 8). First, the cellulose deuterated cellulose preferably used in the present invention is described in detail. The glucose units constituting the β_1,4 linkage of cellulose have free hydroxyl groups at the 2, 3 and 6 positions. Deuterated cellulose is a polymer obtained by partially or completely esterifying one of these hydroxyl groups with a mercapto group having 2 or more carbon atoms. The thiol substitution degree indicates the ratio of the hydroxyl group esterification of the cellulose at the 2, 3, and 6 positions (100% esterification to degree of substitution i). The total thiol substitution degree of the deuterated cellulose of the film of the present invention, that is, DS2 + DS3 + DS6 is 2.1 to 2.8' is preferably 2.2 to 2.7, more preferably 疋2.3 to 2.7, particularly preferably 2.4 to 2.6. Moreover, DS6/(DS2 + DS3 + DS6) is preferably 〇~0.66, more preferably 〇15~〇6〇, further into 23 201219464 lVJVJplf step is preferably 0.20~0.45. Here, DS2 is the thiol substitution degree of the hydroxyl group at the 2-position of the glucose unit (hereinafter also referred to as "the thiol substitution degree of the 2-position"). DS3 is the thiol substitution degree of the hydroxyl group at the 3 position (hereinafter also referred to as " The thiol substitution degree of the 3 position is "), and DS6 is the thiol substitution degree of the 6-position hydroxy group (hereinafter also referred to as "6-position thiol substitution degree"). Further, DS6/(DS2 + DS3 + DS6) is a ratio of the thiol substitution degree of the 6-position to the total thiol substitution degree, and is hereinafter referred to as the "6-position thiol substitution rate". The mercaptan group used in the film of the present invention may have only one type of mercapto group, or two or more kinds of mercapto groups may be used. When two or more kinds of fluorenyl groups are used, it is preferred that one of them is an ethyl group, and as the fluorenyl group having a carbon number of 2 to 4, a propyl group or a butyl group is preferred. If the sum of the degree of substitution of the ethyl group of the hydroxyl groups at the 2, 3, and 6 positions is DSA, and the sum of the substitution degrees of the propyl group or the butyl group of the 2, 3, and 6 hydroxyl groups is referred to as DSB, The value of DSA + DSB is preferably 1.5 to 2.7. The value of DSB is preferably 0 1.70 'better 疋〇~1.2, especially 〇~〇5. In the present invention, it is particularly preferred that G' is the cellulose which is acetic acid. Cellulose. By setting the values of DSA and DSB to a range, it is preferable to obtain a film having a small change in Re value and Rth value due to environmental humidity. ... In addition, as DSB, 28% or more of them are substituted for 6 health bases, and more preferably 3G% or more are substituents of 6 health bases, and _ 2曰, the above is a substituent of 6 base groups, especially More than 32% is 6 digits: , = the base is also better. By using these membranes, it is possible to produce a solution of a solution, especially in a non-gasoline organic solvent, which can be produced well, and can be made into a solution having a low viscosity and good filterability. another

24 201219464 2為本發明中之醯化纖維素的碳數為2以上之醯基, :為赌肪絲亦可為烯丙基,結制限定。該些化合物 =如,纖維素之烧基縣酯、烯基艘基醋或芳香族幾基 s曰芳香族烧基幾基醋等’且亦可分別具有進一步被取代 之基。該些基之較佳例可列舉丙醯基、丁醯基、庚醯基、 己醯基、麵基、魏基L基、十三醯基、十四酿 基、十六醯基、十八醯基、異丁醯基、第三丁醯基、環己 基甲醯基、舰基、苯甲gi基、萘,基、肉桂醯基等。 該些基中更佳的是丙醯基、τ醯基、十二醯基、十八臨基、 第三丁醯基、油醯基、苯甲醯基、萘曱醯基、肉桂醯基等, 特佳的是丙醯基、丁醯基。 /於纖維素之醯化中,於使用酸酐或醯氯作為醯化劑之 情形時,作為反應溶劑之有機溶劑可使用有機酸(例如乙 酸)、二氣曱烷等。 作為觸媒,於醯化劑為酸酐之情形時,可較佳地使用 如硫酸這樣的質子性觸媒,於醯化劑為醯氣(例如 CH3CH2C0C1)之情形時,可使用鹼性化合物。 最通常的纖維素之混合脂肪酸酯的工業性合成方法是 藉由包含與乙醯基及其他酿基對應之脂肪酸(乙酸、丙酸、 戊酸等)或該些酸之酸酐的混合有機酸成分對纖維素進行 醯化的方法。 本發明中所使用之醯化纖維素例如可藉由日本專利特 開平10-45804號公報中所記載之方法而合成。 &lt;添加劑&gt; 25 201219464 ^yivupif &quot;心腾'刀叫包含各種添加劑。 辛膜ίΐΓΓ,Ι:為添加劍,可廣泛採用作為酿化纖维 :膜之添加劑而公知的高分子量添加劑及低分子: 於本發明之膜中,添加劑之 而言較佳的是J wt%〜3 ^目對於知化纖雉素 wt%,進一步更佳 。’更佳的是4 wt%〜30 詈Λ丨价 25 Wt%。若添加劑之添加 上=二=ft對溫度濕度變化,若添加量為 此處,本發日种之所’物理特性亦變優異。 諸功能等為目的而添加的成分。亦:; 或殘留溶劑等並非本發明中之添加劑。ο雜貝 使二以中下可使用2種以上之添加劑。藉由 顧光學特性、膜彈性模優點·由於各個添加劑,可兼 handling)適應性。、、膜脆性、或腹板操作(web 遲表現劑及ί:::如可,加縮聚酯;延遲調整劑(延 等塑化劑;劣化(胁鄰本-曱酸酯、磷酸酯系化合物 明。 可用於本發明之膜中的添加劑加以詳細之說 (縮聚酯) 本心月之縮聚g旨較佳的是由至少—種具有芳香環之二 26 201219464 羧酸(亦稱絲香族二羧酸)與至少—種麟族二緩酸之 混合物(例如碳數之平均為5 s以上ι〇 〇以下之二叛酸) 與至少-種平均碳數為2.5以上7()以下之脂肪族二醇 所得。 一脂肪族二紐殘基之平㈣細計算於二賴殘基與 一醇殘基中個別地進行。 μ將二羧酸殘基之組成比(莫耳分率)乘於構成碳數而 鼻出之值作為平均碳數。例如,於由己二酸殘基 50莫耳% 與鄰笨二甲酸雜5G莫耳%構叙情形時,平均碳數成為 而且,於二醇殘基之情形時亦同樣,脂肪族二醇殘基 之平均碳數是脂肪族二醇殘基之組成比(莫耳分率)乘於 構成碳數而算出之值。例如由乙二醇殘基5()莫耳%與以 丙-醇殘基5G莫耳%而構成之情形時,平均碳數成為2 5。 曰縮聚醋之數量平均分子量較佳的是漏〜誦,更佳 =600〜I·,進一步更佳的是期〜·。若縮聚醋之 里平均刀子量為6〇〇以上,則揮發性變低,變得難以產 纖騎賴在延伸_高讀件下揮發醋成之膜 步驟π染。而且’若為2〇〇〇以下,則與纖維素醋之 f性變高’變得難以產生製膜時及加熱延伸時之渗出 板;§旨之數4平均分子量可藉由凝膠渗透層 =則:、評價。而且,於末端未封端 元醇之 ㈣時’亦可藉由單位重量之減之量(以下稱為經值) 27 201219464 之乙醆所二之後。収中和過剩 的二酸與脂賊二紐之混合物 幾酸2佳^^數8之=為5.5以上则以下的二 光板。若以上’則可獲得耐久性優異之偏 ,Us旨可作為塑化劑而使用。 之二於由二醇與包含芳香族二叛酸 =。一。“形成之=二: 基比率㈣祕j :广一。1% ’進—步更佳的是5。一。 得顯可獲 優異之偏絲1且,若為95 且謂得对久性 ==:於纖維素·之製_=:=24 201219464 2 is a fluorenyl group having a carbon number of 2 or more in the cellulose of the present invention, and may be an allyl group for the gambling silk, and is limited in formation. These compounds are, for example, cellulose alkyl esters, alkenyl vinegars or aromatic groups s 曰 曰 aromatic alkyl vinegars, etc. and may also have further substituted groups, respectively. Preferred examples of the bases include a fluorenyl group, a butyl fluorenyl group, a fluorenyl group, a hexyl fluorenyl group, a surface group, a fluorenyl group, a decyl group, a tetradecyl group, a hexadecanyl group, and an octadecyl group. , Isobutyl fluorenyl, tert-butyl fluorenyl, cyclohexylmethyl fluorenyl, naphthyl, benzoyl, naphthalene, phenyl, cinnamyl and the like. More preferably, the propyl group, the τ fluorenyl group, the fluorenyl group, the octadecyl group, the third butyl group, the oil fluorenyl group, the benzamidine group, the naphthyl group, the cinnamyl group, etc. The best is Bingyin and Dingji. In the case of the use of an acid anhydride or ruthenium chloride as a oximation agent, an organic acid (e.g., acetic acid), dioxane or the like can be used as the organic solvent for the reaction solvent. As the catalyst, in the case where the oximation agent is an acid anhydride, a protonic catalyst such as sulfuric acid can be preferably used, and in the case where the oximation agent is helium (e.g., CH3CH2C0C1), a basic compound can be used. The most common industrial synthesis method of mixed fatty acid esters of cellulose is by mixing organic acids containing fatty acids (acetic acid, propionic acid, valeric acid, etc.) corresponding to ethyl hydrazino groups and other brewing groups or anhydrides of the same. A method of deuterating cellulose by a component. The deuterated cellulose used in the present invention can be synthesized, for example, by the method described in JP-A-10-45804. &lt;Additives&gt; 25 201219464 ^yivupif &quot;XinTeng' knife is called containing various additives.辛膜ΐΓΓ,ΐΓΓ: For the addition of a sword, a high molecular weight additive and a low molecular weight which are well known as an additive for a brewing fiber: film can be widely used. In the film of the present invention, the additive is preferably J wt%~ 3 ^ mesh is better for knowing the weight % of fibrin. 'Better is 4 wt% ~ 30 詈Λ丨 price 25 Wt%. If the additive is added = two = ft to change the temperature and humidity, if the amount added is here, the physical properties of the present invention are also excellent. A component added for the purpose of functions and the like. Also: or a residual solvent or the like is not an additive in the present invention. ο miscellaneous shells Two or more additives can be used in the middle and lower. Due to the optical characteristics, the advantages of the film elastic mold, and the adaptability of each additive. , film brittleness, or web operation (web late expression agent and ί::: if possible, polycondensation of polyester; delay adjuster (such as plasticizer; degradation (associated with phthalate, phosphate ester) The compound which can be used in the film of the present invention is described in detail (polyester). The polycondensation of the heart of the present month is preferably made of at least one of the two aromatic compounds having a ring of 26 201219464 carboxylic acid (also known as silky a mixture of a group of dicarboxylic acids and at least a species of a linalic acid (for example, an average of 5 s or more of carbon atoms) and at least an average carbon number of 2.5 or more and 7 () or less The aliphatic diol is obtained. The level of one aliphatic dinucleus residue is calculated in detail from the second residue and the one alcohol residue. μ Multiply the composition ratio (mole fraction) of the dicarboxylic acid residue The value of the nose is taken as the average carbon number. For example, when the adipic acid residue is 50 mol% and the o-dibenzoic acid hetero 5G mol% is composed, the average carbon number becomes and the diol is In the case of the residue, the average carbon number of the aliphatic diol residue is the composition ratio of the aliphatic diol residue (mole fraction). The value calculated by constituting the carbon number. For example, when the ethylene glycol residue 5 () mol% and the propylene-alcohol residue 5 G mol% are used, the average carbon number is 2 5 . The number average molecular weight is preferably a leak of ~ 诵, more preferably = 600 〜 I ·, and even more preferably a period of ~. If the average amount of knives in the condensed vinegar is 6 〇〇 or more, the volatility becomes low and becomes It is difficult to produce fiber-fiber riding, and it is difficult to produce film formation when the film is volatilized under high reading. The exudation plate when heating is extended; § The average molecular weight of the number 4 can be evaluated by the gel permeation layer =: and, when the terminal is not blocked (4), it can also be reduced by the unit weight. The amount (hereinafter referred to as the value of the value) 27 201219464 after the second two. The mixture of the middle and excess diacid and the lipid thief two New York acid 2 good ^ ^ number of 8 = 5.5 or more below the two light plate. If the above is used, the durability can be excellent, and Us can be used as a plasticizer. =. One. "Formation = two: base ratio (four) secret j: wide one. 1% 'in the best step is 5. One. You can get excellent partial silk 1 and, if it is 95 and it is For the longness ==: in the cellulose system _=:=

28 201219464 -7^1 uupif 酸、^Ϊ: ί :使f】if $二缓酸广列舉鄰苯二甲 •酉夂、1,5-秦二甲酸、1 4-关一甲 ' 2ί^ ^ ^: ί ^ 郝本—h S本―甲酸、2,6•萘二甲酸,更佳的是 一本二甲酸、對苯二甲酸,進—步更佳狀對苯二甲酸。 族二卜由混合使用之芳香族二魏而形成芳香 具體而言’芳香族二竣酸殘基較佳的是包含鄰苯 酸殘基、對苯二甲酸殘基、間苯二甲酸殘基之至少i種, 更佳的是包含鄰笨二曱酸殘基、對苯二曱酸殘基之至少1 種,進一步更佳的是包含對苯二曱酸殘基。 亦即,於縮聚酯之形成的混合中,藉由使用對苯二曱 酸作為芳香族二羧酸,與纖維素酯之相容性更優異,即使 於纖維素酯膜之製膜時及加熱延伸時亦可製成難以產生滲 出之纖維素酯膜。而且,芳香族二羧酸可使用丨種,亦可 使用2種以上。於使用2種之情形時,較佳的是使用鄰苯 二曱酸與對苯二甲酸。 藉由併用鄰苯二曱酸與對苯二曱酸這2種芳香族二敎 酸,可軟化常溫下之縮聚酯,於操作變容易之方面而言較 縮聚酯之二羧酸殘基中的對笨二曱酸殘基之含量較佳 的是 40 mol%〜95 mol% ’ 較佳的是 45 mol%〜70 m〇i〇/〇, 較佳的是50 mol%〜70 mol%。 藉由使對苯二曱酸殘基比率為40 mol%以上,可獲得 29 201219464 1 顯不出兗分之光學異向性的纖維素酯膜。而且,若為% mol%以下,則與纖維素醋之相容性優異,即使於纖維素酉匕 膜之製膜時及加熱延伸時亦可使滲出難以產生。 9 脂肪族二紐殘基包含於由二醇與包含脂肪族 之一叛酸而所得的縮聚醋中。 -久 於本說明書中,所謂殘基是表示於縮聚醋之部分結 中,具有形成縮聚醋之單體的特徵的部分結構。例如了 二羧酸HOOC-R-COOH而拟屮 田 -OC-R-CO- 〇 而形成之二緩酸殘基為 ^為於本發日种較佳錢之脂肪族二舰,例如 舉^夂、丙二酸、_酸、馬來酸、富馬酸、戊二酸、^ 一駄、庚二酸、軟木酸、壬二酸、癸二酸、十二烷 或M-環己二曱酸等。 一甲酉文 =聚酉旨中’由混合使用之脂肪族 知二綾酸殘基。 肪 更佳圭的是平均碳數為5.5以上10.0以下, 更i的疋5·5〜8.0 ’進—步更佳的是5 5〜7 G。若 [^千均碳數為7.0以下’則可減低化合物 : 二方止面狀故障之產生(認為面狀故障的原因ΪΪ28 201219464 -7^1 uupif acid, ^Ϊ: ί : make f]if $ two slow acid widely enumerated o-phthalic acid 酉夂, 1,5-methyl dicarboxylic acid, 1 4-guana one ' 2ί^ ^ ^: ί ^ Hao Ben - h S this - formic acid, 2,6 • naphthalene dicarboxylic acid, more preferably a dicarboxylic acid, terephthalic acid, better step-by-step terephthalic acid. The group II is formed by mixing aromatic diwei to form an aromatic. Specifically, the 'aromatic dicarboxylic acid residue preferably contains an phthalic acid residue, a terephthalic acid residue, and an isophthalic acid residue. At least one species, more preferably at least one of an o-dicarboxylic acid residue and a terephthalic acid residue, more preferably a terephthalic acid residue. That is, in the mixing of the formation of the polycondensation, by using terephthalic acid as the aromatic dicarboxylic acid, the compatibility with the cellulose ester is more excellent, even when the cellulose ester film is formed and A cellulose ester film which is less likely to cause bleed out can also be formed by heating and stretching. Further, the aromatic dicarboxylic acid may be used in combination of two or more kinds. In the case of using two kinds, it is preferred to use phthalic acid and terephthalic acid. By using a combination of two kinds of aromatic dicarboxylic acids, phthalic acid and terephthalic acid, the polyester can be softened at room temperature, and the dicarboxylic acid residue of the polyester is reduced in terms of ease of handling. The content of the stearic acid residue in the medium is preferably 40 mol% to 95 mol%, preferably 45 mol% to 70 m〇i〇/〇, preferably 50 mol% to 70 mol%. . By making the terephthalic acid residue ratio 40 mol% or more, an optically anisotropic cellulose ester film which does not show a singularity of 29 201219464 1 can be obtained. Further, when it is at most % mol%, it is excellent in compatibility with cellulose vinegar, and it is difficult to cause bleed out even during film formation of the cellulose ruthenium film and during heating and stretching. 9 The aliphatic two-nuclear residue is contained in a polycondensed vinegar obtained by decaging a diol with one containing an aliphatic group. - In the present specification, the residue is a partial structure having a characteristic of a monomer forming a polycondensation vine in a partial knot of polycondensed vinegar. For example, the dicarboxylic acid HOOC-R-COOH and the pseudo-acid-residue formed by the 屮-OC-R-CO- 〇 are the aliphatic two ships of the present type, such as Bismuth, malonic acid, _acid, maleic acid, fumaric acid, glutaric acid, hydrazine, pimelic acid, softwood acid, sebacic acid, sebacic acid, dodecane or M-cyclohexane Acid, etc. A 酉 = = = 酉 = = 酉 酉 酉 ’ ’ ’ 由 由 由 由 由 由 由 由 由 由It is better that the average carbon number is 5.5 or more and 10.0 or less, and the more 疋5·5~8.0 ’ step is more preferably 5 5 to 7 G. If the [^ thousand carbon number is less than 7.0", the compound can be reduced: the occurrence of a two-sided surface failure (the reason for the planar failure)

^素腹板乾燥時之滲出所造成之步驟污染)。而且L 數為2·5以上,則相容性優異,難: 座生縮聚酯之析出而較佳。 雖从 、體而5 ’較佳的是包含號 情形時’較佳的是包含琥軸與己I:用2種之 201219464 uupif 1種,亦可使用2種以上,於 ^肪知—紐可使用 是使用琥珀酸與己二酸。於之情形時,較佳的 使用琥_。可將二醇殘基之之盤清形時,較佳的是 值’且於與纖維素酷之相容性二厌數謂整為所期望之 於本發明t,二義較佳…^言較佳。 用2種之情形時,必須使用脂肪或3種。於使 各1種;於使用3種之情形時、^夂^方香族二幾酸 與2種芳香族二賴、或者 =1種脂肪族二紐 族二幾酸。其原因在於.叮一f肪族二幾酸與1種芳香 可提高偏光元St殘基之含量為較佳之範園, 二二於由-族二醇舆包含二誠之 中二=1所謂殘基是表示於縮聚赌之部分結構 中具有形成縮聚醋之單體的特二 二醇Ηα_而形成之二醇殘基為·〇ϋ構例如,由 作為形成縮聚酯之二醇,可 二醇,至少包含脂肪族二了列舉方香族二醇及脂肪族 下之中包含平均碳數為2·5以上7.0以 以下之月匕二/殘土。較佳的是平均碳數為2.5以上4.0 以下之月曰肪族二醇殘基。若脂肪族二醇殘 3生素0旨之相容性並不降低,變得難以產 *且化δ物之加熱減量並不過於增大,難以產生 31 201219464 jyiuupif 面狀故障(認為©狀輯的原因㈣化纖 之步驟污逛彳。&amp; a,矣:日t日七1腹板乾燥時 心乂郑巧木)。而且,右月曰肪族二醇殘基之平 亏 2-〇,則合成變困難。 灭數不足 作為本發明中所使用之脂肪族二醇,可 脂環族二醇類’例如有乙二醇、1,丙二醇、i,二或 1,2-丁二醇、α丁二醇、2•甲基_丨,3_丙二醇、丨,4_丁二醇、 1,5-戊二醇、2,2-二曱基-1,3_丙二醇(新戊二醇)、2 2_二乙 基-1,3·丙二醇(3,3·二羥曱基戊烷)、2正丁基_2乙基 丙二醇(3,3_二羥曱基庚烷)、3-曱基-1,5-戊二醇、;[6_己’二 醇、2,2,4-三甲基戊二醇、2_乙基_1&gt;3_己二醇、’2甲I -一1,8_辛二醇、ι,9-壬二醇、u〇_癸二醇、丨,12_十八烷二醇二 二乙二醇、環己烷二甲醇等,較佳的是該些化合物與乙二 醇一同製成1種或2種以上之混合物而使用。 較佳之脂肪族二醇是乙二醇、i,2_丙二醇、及丨,3_丙二 醇之至少1種,特佳的是乙二醇、及12—丙二醇之至少i 種。於使用2種之情形時,較佳的是使用乙二醇、及12— 丙二醇。藉由使用1,2-丙二醇、或丨,3_丙二醇,可防止縮 聚酯之結晶化。 於縮聚酯中’由混合使用之二醇而形成二醇殘基。 二醇殘基較佳的是包含乙二醇殘基、12-丙二醇殘 基、及1,3·丙二醇殘基之至少1種,更佳的是乙二醇殘基 或1,2-丙二酵殘基。 於月曰肪紅一醇殘基中,較佳的是乙二醇殘基為20 mol%〜100 mol%,更佳的是 % mol〇/0〜1〇〇 m〇l〇/0 〇The step of contamination caused by exudation when the web is dry. Further, when the L number is 2·5 or more, the compatibility is excellent, and it is difficult to precipitate the polycondensation polyester. It is preferable to include the amber axis and the own I in the case of the body 5'. It is preferable to include the amber axis and the own I: one of the two types of 201219464 uupif, and two or more types can be used. The use is the use of succinic acid and adipic acid. In the case of this, it is preferable to use amber. When the disk of the diol residue can be cleared, the value is preferably 'the compatibility with the cellulose is the same as that of the present invention, and the second meaning is better. Preferably. In the case of two types, fat or three types must be used. For each type, when three types are used, ^ 夂 方 香 二 二 与 与 与 与 与 与 与 与 与 与 与 与 与 与 与 与 与 与 与 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 The reason is that the content of the di-acid and the one aromatic can increase the content of the stremator St, which is a preferred one. It is a diol residue which has a polydidiol Ηα_ which forms a monomer which forms a polycondensation vine in the structure of a polycondensation gambling, and is formed by the diol which is a diol which forms a polycondensation, for example. At least the aliphatic two is listed as an aromatic diol and an aliphatic group containing an average carbon number of 2.5 or more and 7.0 or less. Preferred are genomic aliphatic diol residues having an average carbon number of 2.5 or more and 4.0 or less. If the compatibility of the aliphatic diol residual 3 is not reduced, it becomes difficult to produce * and the heating loss of the δ is not too large, and it is difficult to produce 31 201219464 jyiuupif planar failure (considered The reason (4) the steps of chemical fiber are stricken. &amp; a, 矣: day 7th, 1st, when the web is dry, the heart is Zheng Qiaomu). Moreover, it is difficult to synthesize the synthesis of the right-handed aliphatic diol residue. The number of extinctions is an aliphatic diol used in the present invention, and the alicyclic diols are, for example, ethylene glycol, 1, propylene glycol, i, di or 1,2-butanediol, α-butanediol, 2•methyl_丨, 3_propanediol, hydrazine, 4-butanediol, 1,5-pentanediol, 2,2-dimercapto-1,3-propanediol (neopentylene glycol), 2 2_ Diethyl-1,3·propanediol (3,3·dihydroxydecylpentane), 2 n-butyl 2-ethylpropanediol (3,3-dihydroxydecylheptane), 3-mercapto-1 , 5-pentanediol, [6_hexane'diol, 2,2,4-trimethylpentanediol, 2_ethyl_1&gt;3-hexanediol, '2-I--1, 8_octanediol, iota, 9-decanediol, u〇_nonanediol, hydrazine, 12-octadecanediol diethylene glycol, cyclohexane dimethanol, etc., preferably these compounds One type or a mixture of two or more types may be used together with ethylene glycol. The preferred aliphatic diol is at least one selected from the group consisting of ethylene glycol, i.2-propylene glycol, and hydrazine, and 3-propylene glycol. Particularly preferred are at least one of ethylene glycol and 12-propylene glycol. In the case of using two kinds, it is preferred to use ethylene glycol and 12-propylene glycol. Crystallization of the condensed polyester can be prevented by using 1,2-propanediol or hydrazine, 3-propylene glycol. The diol residue is formed from the diol used in combination in the polycondensation. The diol residue preferably contains at least one of an ethylene glycol residue, a 12-propylene glycol residue, and a 1,3-diol diol residue, more preferably an ethylene glycol residue or 1,2-propane. Leaven residue. Preferably, the ethylene glycol residue is from 20 mol% to 100 mol%, more preferably from 0.01 mol%/0 to 1 〇〇 m〇l〇/0 中.

32 201219464 於,t發月之縮聚酯之末端可並不封端而保持為二醇或竣 亦可進一步使其與單羧酸類或單醇類反應,實施 所明之末端封端。 2為封端中所使用之單羧酸類,較佳的是乙酸、丙酸、 -夂專,更佳的是乙酸或丙酸,最佳的是乙酸。作為封端 中戶f吏用之單醇類,較佳的是曱醇、乙醇、丙醇、異丙醇、 丁 !?、、異了醇等,最佳的是情。若縮聚s旨之末端所使用 之早羧酸_碳數為3以下,則化合物之加熱減量並不變 大,不產生面狀故障。 …^發明之縮聚@旨之末端更佳的是並不密封而保持為二 醇殘基,或者更佳的是利用乙酸或丙酸之封端。 本^明之縮聚酯之兩末端無論是封端、未封端均可。 於縮合體之兩末端未封端之情形時,較佳的是縮聚醋 為聚S旨多元醇。 山作為本發明之縮聚酯之態樣之一,脂肪族二醇殘基之 石反數為2.5以上7.G町,可列舉縮合體之兩末端未封端 之縮聚酯。 於縮合體之兩末端被封端之情形時,較佳的是使其與 單羧酸反絲_。此時,該縣S旨之兩末端成為單 殘基。於本說明書巾,所謂殘基於縮㈣之部分結 構中,具有形成縮聚酯之單體的特徵的部分結構。例如, 由單羧酸R-COOH而形成之單羧酸殘基為R_c〇_。較佳的 是脂肪族單麟雌’更㈣是單魏殘基為碳數為22 以下之脂_單紐殘基’進—步更佳的是碳數為3以下 33 201219464 -J-p χ υν/pif 之脂肪族單羧酸殘基。而且,較佳的是碳數為2以上之脂 肪族單羧酸殘基,特佳的是碳數為2之脂肪族單羧酸殘基7 作為本發明之縮聚醋之態樣之一,可 殘基之碳數大於2.5且為7.0以下,縮合體二 羧酸殘基的縮聚酯。 右縮聚酯之兩末端的單羧酸殘基之碳數為3以下,則 揮發性降低,縮聚酯之由於加熱所造成之減量並不變大 可減低步驟污染之產生或面狀故障之產生。 亦即,作為封端甲所使用之單羧酸類,較佳的是脂肪 =單羧酸。單羧酸更佳的是碳數為2〜22之脂肪族單羧 酉^1進一步更佳的是碳數為2〜3之脂肪族單羧酸,特佳的 是碳數為2之脂肪族單羧酸殘基。 例如,較佳的是乙酸、丙酸、丁酸、苯甲酸及其衍生 物等,更佳的是乙酸或丙酸,最佳的是乙酸。 封端中所使用之單羧酸亦可混合 2種以上。 山本發明之縮聚酯之兩末端較佳的是利用乙酸或丙酸之 封端’最佳的是藉由乙酸封端而使兩末端成為乙酿基醋殘 基(有時亦稱為乙醯基殘基)。 於對兩末端進行封端之情形時,可獲得常溫下之狀態 難以變為固體形狀’操作變良好,且濕度穩定性、偏光板 耐久性優異之纖維素酯膜。 於以下之表1中記载本發明之縮聚酯之具體例,但並 不限定於該些具體例。32 201219464 The end of the polycondensate of t-month can be kept as a diol or hydrazine without blocking, and it can be further reacted with a monocarboxylic acid or a monoalcohol to carry out the end capping. 2 is a monocarboxylic acid used in the capping, preferably acetic acid, propionic acid, or hydrazine, more preferably acetic acid or propionic acid, and most preferably acetic acid. As the monoalcohol used for the capping, it is preferably decyl alcohol, ethanol, propanol, isopropanol, butyl, iso-alcohol, etc., and the best is the case. When the number of carbon atoms in the early carboxylic acid used in the end of the polycondensation s is 3 or less, the heating loss of the compound does not become large, and no planar failure occurs. Preferably, the end of the polycondensation of the invention is not sealed and remains as a diol residue, or more preferably terminated with acetic acid or propionic acid. Both ends of the polyester of the present invention can be terminated or unsealed. In the case where both ends of the condensed body are not blocked, it is preferred that the polycondensation condensate is a polyhydric alcohol. The mountain is one of the aspects of the polycondensation of the present invention, and the inverse number of the aliphatic diol residue is 2.5 or more. 7. G. The condensate is a polyester which is not blocked at both ends of the condensate. In the case where both ends of the condensed body are blocked, it is preferred to make it opposite to the monocarboxylic acid. At this time, the two ends of the county S are single residues. In the specification sheet, the portion of the structure based on the shrinkage (four) has a partial structure in which the characteristics of the monomer of the polycondensation are formed. For example, the monocarboxylic acid residue formed from the monocarboxylic acid R-COOH is R_c〇_. Preferably, the aliphatic single lining female 'more (four) is a single Wei residue having a carbon number of 22 or less, a single-nuclear residue, and the carbon number is 3 or less. 33 201219464 -Jp χ υν/ An aliphatic monocarboxylic acid residue of pif. Further, an aliphatic monocarboxylic acid residue having a carbon number of 2 or more is preferred, and an aliphatic monocarboxylic acid residue 7 having a carbon number of 2 is particularly preferred as one of the polycondensed vinegars of the present invention. The carbon number of the residue is more than 2.5 and 7.0 or less, and the polycondensate of the dicarboxylic acid residue is condensed. When the carbon number of the monocarboxylic acid residue at both ends of the right-polyester is 3 or less, the volatility is lowered, and the reduction of the polycondensation due to heating does not become large, thereby reducing the occurrence of step contamination or surface failure. produce. That is, as the monocarboxylic acid used for the capping nail, a fat = a monocarboxylic acid is preferred. More preferably, the monocarboxylic acid is an aliphatic monocarboxylic acid having a carbon number of 2 to 22, more preferably an aliphatic monocarboxylic acid having a carbon number of 2 to 3, particularly preferably an aliphatic having 2 carbon atoms. Monocarboxylic acid residue. For example, acetic acid, propionic acid, butyric acid, benzoic acid and derivatives thereof and the like are preferred, and acetic acid or propionic acid is more preferred, and acetic acid is most preferred. The monocarboxylic acid used for the capping may be mixed in two or more kinds. Preferably, the ends of the polyester of the present invention are blocked with acetic acid or propionic acid. The most preferred is to terminate the ends by acetic acid to form the ends of the vinegar residue (sometimes referred to as acetamidine). Base residue). In the case where the both ends are blocked, it is possible to obtain a cellulose ester film which is difficult to be in a solid state at a normal temperature and which is excellent in handling, and which is excellent in humidity stability and polarizing plate durability. Specific examples of the polycondensation ester of the present invention are described in Table 1 below, but are not limited to these specific examples.

34 201219464 J-a99l6£ 〔!&lt;】 數量平均分子 量 750 750 750 750 800 800 850 850 1500 1200 1200 1000 1 750 1800 〇 〇〇 750 750 750 750 1800 1200 1000 末端 乙醯基酯殘基 乙醯基酯殘基 乙酿基醋殘基 乙醯基酯殘基 乙醯基酯殘基 乙酿基醋殘基 乙醯基酯殘基 乙醯基酯殘基 乙醯基酯殘基 乙醯基酯殘基 乙醯基酯殘基 乙醯基酯殘基 乙醯基酯殘基 乙醯基酯殘基 乙醯基酯殘基 羥基 羥基 1 羥基 羥基 羥基 羥基 羥基 平均C數 2.55 2.55 2.55 2.55 ! 1 2·75 | 2.90 I | 2.55 I | 2.55 1 1 2.55 1 | 2.55 | | 2.55 | Γ 2.55 1 | 2.55 1 3.50 ;6.50 2.55 2.55 2.55 2.55 2.75 2.90 2.75 二醇 二醇比 (mol% ) 45/55 45/55 45/55 45/55 25/75 10/90 | 45/55 | | 45/55 | | 45/55 I | 45/55 | 45/55 45/55 45/55 25/75 25/75 45/55 45/55 45/55 45/55 25/75 10/90 25/75 二醇2 丙二醇 丙二醇 丙二醇 丙二醇 丙二醇 丙二醇 丙二醇 丙二醇 丙二醇 丙二醇 丙二醇 丙二醇 .丙二醇 丁二醇 環己烷二曱醇 i 丙二醇 丙二醇 丙二醇 丙二醇 丙二醇 丙二醇 丙二醇 二醇1 乙二醇 乙二醇 乙二醇 乙二醇 乙二醇 1乙二醇 1乙二醇| 1乙二醇| 1乙二醇| 乙二醇| 乙二醇| 乙二醇| 乙二醇 乙二醇 乙二醇 乙二醇 乙二醇 乙二醇 乙二醇 乙二醇 乙二醇 乙二醇 二羧酸η) 平均C數 5.80 6.00 6.20 丨 6.60 S | 6.20 1 1 6.20 J I 8.00 I 9.00 6.00 6.00 | 6.40 I 1 6.60 1 7.00 6.20 1 1 6.20 I 5.80 1 6.00 6.20 6.60 6.20 6.20 8.00 二羧酸比 (mol% ) 45/55 50/50 55/45 65/35 55/45 55/45 50/50 50/50 45/5/50 40/10/50 50/30/20 50/20/30 i 50/50 ! 55/45 55/45 45/55 50/50 55/45 65/35 55/45 55/45 50/50 脂肪族二缓 酸 3 SA/AA SA/AA 芳香族二羧酸 ΤΡΑ ΤΡΑ ΤΡΑ ΤΡΑ I ΤΡΑ ΤΡΑ 2,6-ΝΡΑ 2,6-ΝΡΑ ΤΡΑ/ΡΑ ΤΡΑ/ΡΑ ΤΡΑ ΤΡΑ ΤΡΑ ΤΡΑ ΤΡΑ TPA TPA TPA TPA TPA TPA 2,6-ΝΡΑ &lt; Α-2 Α-3 Α-4 Α-5 Α-6 Α-7 Α-8 Α-9 Α-10 Α-11 Α-12 Α-13 Α-14 Α-15 A-16 A-17 A-18 A-19 A-20 A-21 Α-22 201219464 J-a99l6e 850 Ο οο Ο Ον 750 I 900 1800 850 750 850 900 750 850 1200 Ο 850 750 450 2500 羥基 羥基 羥基 羥基 羥基 羥基 羥基 羥基 丙醯基酯殘基 乙醯基酯殘基 乙醯基酯殘基 乙醯基酯殘基 乙醯基酯殘基 乙醯基酯殘基 羥基 羥基 羥基 羥基 羥基 1 2.75 1 L 2-75 I 1 — 2.75 1 2.75 L 2.75 I |_2.75—— I 3.50 1 6.50 1 1 2.55 I | 2.55 I | 2.55 | | 2.55 I | 2.55 1 | 2.55 ] 4.00 1 8.00 I 2.00 1 2.55 1 2.55 25/75 25/75 25/75 25/75 | 25/75 1 25/75 25/75 1 25/75 1 | 45/55 I | 45/55 | 45/55 45/55 | 45/55 1 45/55 ο ο 〇 1 45/55 45/55 丙二醇 丙二醇 丙二醇 丙二醇 丙二醇 丙二醇 丁二醇 環己烷二甲醇 丙二醇 丙二醇 丙二醇 丙二醇 丙二醇 丙二醇 丁二醇 環己烷二曱醇 丙二醇| 丙二醇 乙二醇1 乙二醇ι 1乙二醇ι 1乙二醇ι l乙二醇ι 1乙二醇ι 1乙二醇ι I乙二醇| 1乙二醇ι 1乙二醇ι 1乙二醇I 1乙二醇ι 乙二醇I 乙二醇ι 乙二醇1 乙二醇| 乙二醇| 9.00 1 6.00 1 1 6.00 1 1 6.40 1 6.60 7.00 6.20 | 6.20 I | 6.20 I 5_40 | | 5.20 1 | 6.70 I | 8.00 1 10.20 6.20 6.20 6.20 | 6.20 I 6.20 50/50 45/5/50 40/10/50 50/30/20 50/20/30 50/50 55/45 55/45 55/45 35/65 30/70 35/65 50/50 70/30 55/45 55/45 55/45 55/45 55/45 1 SA/AA I | SA/AA I ί 3 3 2,6-ΝΡΑ ΤΡΑ/ΡΑ ΤΡΑ/ΡΑ TPA TPA TPA TPA TPA TPA TPA TPA TPA 2,6-ΝΡΑ 2,6-ΝΡΑ TPA TPA TPA TPA TPA 1 Α-23 1 1 Α-24 1 1 Α-25 1 | A-26 | A-27 1 A-28 | A-29 丨 A·30 1 丨 A-31 | Lb-u B-—2」 B-3 Β·4— Β-5 Β-6 B-7 B-8 1 B-9 | B-10 键®-M 姝-9CN: vdN-9ri 盔眾? VS ,键 4ΙΓΟ: W , Wglffi-M 械Igg: Vd!,键lB-Mu4l^:vdl,l^IB-uu4l^:vICLI(I&gt; 201219464 j明之絲,合成可藉岭熔融縮合法(所述執 ;5 1二、利用了藉由常法而使二醇與二魏進行聚醋S 人fS旨交換反應)’或者該些酸之酿氯與三麵之界 ΐΪΐ任意方法而容易地合成獲得。而且,關於本發明Ϊ 总目承酉日’於村井孝-編者「塑化劑、其理論與應用」查 Γ=利:二用曰本專利特開平。5_1558。9 &quot;曰本專利特開平05-155810號、曰本專利特 5-197073號、日本專利特開裏姻%號、日汗 開平07-330670號、日本專利特開2〇〇6_34222 = 專利特開謂-娜79號各公報等中所記载之素材。 纖維素醋膜中之所述縮聚酯的含量相對 ^^i^5wt〇/〇.40 wt〇/〇 wt% ’最佳的是10 wt%〜25 wt%。 本發明之縮聚物所含有之原料的脂肪族二醇、二幾酸 酯、或二醇酯於纖維素酯膜中之含量較佳的是不足1 wt% ’更佳的是不足〇 5 wt%。二紐酯可列舉鄰苯二甲酸 二曱酯、鄰苯二甲酸二(經基乙基)醋、對苯二曱酸二甲醋t 對苯二甲酸二⑽基乙基)醋、己二酸二(經基乙基)醋、號拍 酸二(羥基乙基)酯等。二醇酯可列舉乙二醇二乙酸酯、 二醇二乙酸酯等。 曰 本^明中所使用之縮聚酯中所含的二羧酸殘基、二醇 殘基單緩酸殘基之各殘基的種類及比率可使用腿 而藉由通常之方法進行測定。通常情況下,可制氣代氣 37 201219464 一〆▲ 士 仿作為溶劑。 縮聚醋之數量平均分子量可使用GPC( Gel Permeation Chromatography)而藉由通常之方法進行測定,通常可使 用聚苯乙烯作為標準資料。 縮聚酯之羥值之測定可適用日本工業標準JIS K3342 (作廢)中所記載之乙酸酐法當。於縮聚物為聚酯多元醇 之情形時’羥值較佳的是50以上190以下,更佳的是50 以上130以下。 (延遲表現劑) 本發明之膜較佳的是相對於所述醯化纖維素而言並不 含有3 wt%以上之Re表現劑。另一方面,為了表現出延遲 值’亦可含有延遲表現劑,但較佳的是Re表現劑之含量 相對於所述醯化纖維素而言不足3 wt%。作為所述延遲表 現劑,並無特別限制,可列舉包含棒狀或圓盤狀化合物之 延遲表現劑。作為上述棒狀或圓盤狀化合物,較佳的是使 用具有至少二個芳香族環的化合物作為延遲表現劑。 包含棒狀化合物之延遲表現劑之添加量相對於醯化纖 維素成分100重量份而言較佳的是01重量份以上且不足 3重量份,更佳的是0.5重量份以上且不足2重量份。所 述延遲表現劑中所含之圓盤狀化合物相對於所述醯化纖維 素100重量份而言較佳的是〇]重量份以上且不足3重量 份’更佳的是0.5重量份以上且不足2重量份,特佳的是 0-5重量份以上且不足1重量份。 圓盤狀化合物於Rth延遲表現性方面而言較棒狀化合34 201219464 J-a99l6£ 〔! &lt;] number average molecular weight 750 750 750 750 800 800 850 850 1500 1200 1200 1000 1 750 1800 〇〇〇750 750 750 750 1800 1200 1000 terminal ethyl decyl ester residue ethyl decyl ester residue ethyl ketone residue Ethyl decyl ester residue ethyl decyl ester residue ethyl ketone residue ethyl decyl ester residue ethyl decyl ester residue ethyl decyl ester residue ethyl decyl ester residue ethyl decyl ester residue acetamidine residue Ester residue acetal ester residue ethyl decyl ester residue ethyl decyl ester residue hydroxy hydroxy group 1 hydroxy hydroxy hydroxy hydroxy group average C number 2.55 2.55 2.55 2.55 ! 1 2·75 | 2.90 I | 2.55 I | 2.55 1 1 2.55 1 | 2.55 | | 2.55 | Γ 2.55 1 | 2.55 1 3.50 ; 6.50 2.55 2.55 2.55 2.55 2.75 2.90 2.75 diol diol ratio (mol%) 45/55 45/55 45/55 45/55 25/75 10/90 | 45/55 | | 45/55 | | 45/55 I | 45/55 | 45/55 45/55 45/55 25/75 25/75 45/55 45/55 45/55 45/55 25/75 10/90 25/75 diol 2 propylene glycol propylene glycol propylene glycol propylene glycol propylene glycol propylene glycol propylene glycol propylene glycol propylene glycol propylene glycol propylene glycol propylene glycol propylene glycol butanediol cyclohexane dinonanol i propylene glycol Propylene glycol propylene glycol propylene glycol propylene glycol propylene glycol propylene glycol diol 1 ethylene glycol glycol ethylene glycol glycol ethylene glycol 1 ethylene glycol 1 ethylene glycol | 1 ethylene glycol | 1 ethylene glycol | ethylene glycol | | Glycol | Ethylene Glycol Ethylene Glycol Ethylene Glycol Ethylene Glycol Ethylene Glycol Ethylene Glycol Ethylene Glycol Dicarboxylate η) Average C Number 5.80 6.00 6.20 丨6.60 S | 6.20 1 1 6.20 JI 8.00 I 9.00 6.00 6.00 | 6.40 I 1 6.60 1 7.00 6.20 1 1 6.20 I 5.80 1 6.00 6.20 6.60 6.20 6.20 8.00 Dicarboxylic acid ratio (mol%) 45/55 50/50 55/45 65/35 55/45 55/45 50/50 50/50 45/5/50 40/10/50 50/30/20 50/20/30 i 50/50 ! 55/45 55/45 45/55 50/50 55 /45 65/35 55/45 55/45 50/50 Aliphatic acid 2 SA/AA SA/AA Aromatic dicarboxylic acid ΤΡΑ ΤΡΑ ΤΡΑ ΤΡΑ I ΤΡΑ ΤΡΑ 2,6-ΝΡΑ 2,6-ΝΡΑ ΤΡΑ/ PA ΤΡΑ ΡΑ ΡΑ ΤΡΑ ΤΡΑ ΤΡΑ ΤΡΑ ΤΡΑ TPA TPA TPA TPA TPA TPA 2,6-ΝΡΑ &lt; Α-2 Α-3 Α-4 Α-5 Α-6 Α-7 Α-8 Α-9 Α-10 Α -11 Α-12 Α-13 Α-14 Α-15 A-16 A-17 A-18 A-19 A-20 A-21 Α-22 201219464 J-a99l6e 850 Ο οο Ο Ον 750 I 900 1800 850 750 850 900 750 850 1200 Ο 850 750 450 2500 Hydroxyhydroxyhydroxyhydroxyhydroxyhydroxyhydroxypropyl propyl ester residue Ethyl ester residue Ethyl ester residue Ethyl decyl ester residue ethyl decyl ester residue ethyl decyl ester residue hydroxy hydroxy hydroxy hydroxy group 1 2.75 1 L 2-75 I 1 — 2.75 1 2.75 L 2.75 I |_2.75 — I 3.50 1 6.50 1 1 2.55 I | 2.55 I | 2.55 | | 2.55 I | 2.55 1 | 2.55 ] 4.00 1 8.00 I 2.00 1 2.55 1 2.55 25/75 25/75 25/75 25/75 | 25/75 1 25/75 25/75 1 25/75 1 | 45/55 I | 45/55 | 45/55 45/55 | 45/55 1 45/55 ο ο 〇1 45/55 45/55 Propylene Glycol Propylene Glycol Propylene Glycol Propylene Glycol Propylene Glycol Propylene Glycol Butanediol Alkane dimethanol propylene glycol propylene glycol propylene glycol propylene glycol propylene glycol propylene glycol butanediol cyclohexane dinonol propylene glycol | propylene glycol glycol 1 ethylene glycol ι 1 glycol ι 1 glycol ι l glycol ι 1 glycol ι 1 Ethylene glycol ι I glycol | 1 glycol ι 1 glycol ι 1 ethylene glycol I 1 glycol ι ethylene glycol I glycol ι glycol 1 ethylene glycol | | 9.00 1 6.00 1 1 6.00 1 1 6.40 1 6.60 7.00 6.20 | 6.20 I | 6.20 I 5_40 | | 5.20 1 | 6.70 I | 8.00 1 10.20 6.20 6.20 6.20 | 6.20 I 6.20 50/50 45/5/50 40/10 /50 50/30/20 50/20/30 50/50 55/45 55/45 55/45 35/65 30/70 35/65 50/50 70/30 55/45 55/45 55/45 55/ 45 55/45 1 SA/AA I | SA/AA I ί 3 3 2,6-ΝΡΑ ΤΡΑ/ΡΑ ΤΡΑ/ΡΑ TPA TPA TPA TPA TPA TPA TPA TPA TPA 2,6-ΝΡΑ 2,6-ΝΡΑ TPA TPA TPA TPA TPA 1 Α-23 1 1 Α-24 1 1 Α-25 1 | A-26 | A-27 1 A-28 | A-29 丨A·30 1 丨A-31 | Lb-u B--2 B-3 Β·4—Β-5 Β-6 B-7 B-8 1 B-9 | B-10 Key®-M 姝-9CN: vdN-9ri Helmets? VS, key 4ΙΓΟ: W, Wglffi-M Igg: Vd!, key lB-Mu4l^:vdl, l^IB-uu4l^:vICLI(I&gt; 201219464 j Mingzhi, synthesis can be melted by condensation 5; 2, using the conventional method to make the diol and the diwei to carry out the polystyrene S human fS exchange reaction) 'or the acid chloride and the three sides of the boundary ΐΪΐ arbitrary method and easy to synthesize Moreover, regarding the invention Ϊ Ϊ 酉 ' 于 于 村 村 村 村 村 村 村 村 村 村 村 村 村 村 村 村 村 村 村 村 村 村 村 村 村 村 村 村 村 村 村 村 村 村 村 村 村 村 村 村 村 村 村 村 村 村 村 村Kaiping 05-155810, Sakamoto Patent No. 5-197073, Japanese Patent Special Open Separation %, Nikhan Kaiping 07-330670, Japanese Patent Special Opening 2〇〇6_34222 = Patent Special Opening - Na 79 The material described in the publication, etc. The content of the polycondensate in the cellulose vinegar film is relative to ^^i^5wt〇/〇.40 wt〇/〇wt% 'optimally 10 wt% to 25 wt. The content of the aliphatic diol, the diacid ester, or the diol ester of the raw material contained in the polycondensate of the present invention is preferably less than 1 wt% in the cellulose ester film. More preferably, it is less than 〇5. Wt%. Examples of diesters include dinonyl phthalate, di(p-ethyl) phthalic acid, dimethyl phthalate t-di(10)-ethyl phthalate, adipic acid. Di(transethyl) vinegar, bis(hydroxyethyl) ester, and the like. Examples of the glycol ester include ethylene glycol diacetate and diol diacetate. The type and ratio of each residue of the dicarboxylic acid residue and the diol residue mono-acid-acid residue contained in the polycondensation used in the present invention can be measured by a usual method using a leg. Under normal circumstances, it can be used as a solvent. The number average molecular weight of the polycondensed vinegar can be measured by a usual method using GPC (Gel Permeation Chromatography), and polystyrene can usually be used as a standard material. The measurement of the hydroxyl value of the polycondensation ester can be carried out by the acetic anhydride method described in Japanese Industrial Standard JIS K3342 (obsolete). In the case where the polycondensate is a polyester polyol, the hydroxyl value is preferably 50 or more and 190 or less, more preferably 50 or more and 130 or less. (Delayed Expression Agent) The film of the present invention preferably does not contain 3 wt% or more of Re Reagent with respect to the cellulose deuterated cellulose. On the other hand, in order to exhibit a retardation value, a retardation agent may be contained, but it is preferred that the content of the Re agent is less than 3 wt% with respect to the deuterated cellulose. The retardation agent is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a delayed expression agent comprising a rod-shaped or disk-shaped compound. As the rod-like or disc-shaped compound, it is preferred to use a compound having at least two aromatic rings as a retardation agent. The amount of the delayed expression agent containing the rod-like compound is preferably 0.1 part by weight or more and less than 3 parts by weight, more preferably 0.5 part by weight or more and less than 2 parts by weight based on 100 parts by weight of the deuterated cellulose component. . The discotic compound contained in the delayed expression agent is preferably 〇] by weight or more and less than 3 parts by weight, more preferably 0.5 parts by weight or more, based on 100 parts by weight of the fluorinated cellulose. It is less than 2 parts by weight, and particularly preferably 0 to 5 parts by weight or more and less than 1 part by weight. Disk-like compounds are more rod-like in terms of Rth delay performance

38 201219464 f優異,因此特別是於必須大的Rth延遲之情形時 佳地使用。亦可併用2種以上之延遲表現劑。 延遲表現劑較佳的是於250 nm〜侧n 2有最大吸收’且較佳的是於可見區域實質上並不 對圓盤狀化合物加以說明。作為圓盤狀化合物,可 用具有至少二個芳香族環之化合物。 包「芳香族環」除了芳香族烴環以外,亦 ^香族烴環特佳的是6員環(亦即苯環)。 ^族性雜環通常為不飽和雜環。芳香 =環、6員環或7員環,更佳的是5員環或‘佳 方香族性雜環通常具有最多之雙鍵。作為雜 衣 子,特佳的是氮原子。芳香族= ^塞顿、異料環、伽環、糾環、、 二秦】俩吻定環、噠。秦環、嘧錢、°比嗪環及u,5- 特別、=苯環、聯笨類。 :使用日本專利特請_;號:;:= 3938 201219464 f is excellent, so it is especially good when it is necessary to have a large Rth delay. It is also possible to use two or more kinds of delayed expression agents in combination. Preferably, the delayed expression agent has a maximum absorption at 250 nm to side n 2 and preferably does not substantially describe the discotic compound in the visible region. As the discotic compound, a compound having at least two aromatic rings can be used. In addition to the aromatic hydrocarbon ring, the "aromatic ring" is also a 6-membered ring (ie, a benzene ring). The group heterocyclic ring is usually an unsaturated heterocyclic ring. Aromatic = ring, 6-membered ring or 7-membered ring, more preferably a 5-membered ring or a 'good-side aromatic heterocyclic ring usually having the most double bonds. As a smock, a nitrogen atom is particularly preferred. Aromatic = ^ Seton, heterogeneous ring, gamma ring, ring correction, two Qin] two kiss ring, 哒. Qinhuan, pyrimidine, °biazine ring and u,5-special, =benzene ring, and stupid. : Use Japanese patent special _; No.:;:= 39

Af 201219464 6 情形、(b)類為(a)形成縮合環之 而鍵結之情开12接鍵結之情形及⑷經由連結基 包㈣=以芳!族=二子 ^稠四苯環、祐環、^朵環 ==二本 苯并嗟吩環、。心㈣環、笨㈣』开咬喃環、 咪唾環、苯并三唾環、= ro本并料環、笨并 淋環、異钟環、、二_ ^苯并°比喃環、喧 駄嗪環、嗓咬環、σ卡哇環、,定久、:日,f、十惡嘛環、 環、啡嗅環、啡鱗環、命惡二苯并,喃 笨并、科嗟唾環、 往。較佳的是二個芳香麵之碳原子間之鍵 以上單鍵而鍵結二個芳香族環,於二個 方麵¥之間軸脂肪族環或非芳香族性雜環。 (c)之連結基亦較佳岐與 環 二連r基較佳的是亞坑基二L)亞:; ^kenylene&gt; (alkynylene)、切、_〇、狼、 下基^且合金。將組合而成之連結基之例子表示如 之結基之例子的左右關係亦可相反。 cl . -CO-0- 201219464, c2 : -CO-NH- c3 : _亞烧!基_0_ c4 : -NH-CO-NH- c5 : -NH-CO-O- c6 : -O-CO-O- c7 : -0-亞烧基-0· c8 : -CO-亞稀基- c9 : -CO-亞烯基-NH- cio : -CO-亞烯基-〇-Af 201219464 6 Case, (b) is (a) the formation of a condensed ring and the bonding of the 12-bond bond and (4) via the linked base (four) = fang! family = two sub-fused tetraphenyl ring, Blessing Ring, ^ ring == two benzophenone rings. Heart (four) ring, stupid (four)" open bite ring, microphone ring, benzotrisole ring, = ro this ring, stupid and drip ring, different bell ring, two _ ^ benzopyrene ring, 喧Pyridazine ring, bite ring, sigma kawake ring, long time, day, f, ten evil ring, ring, scent ring, squama ring, die dibenzophenone, stupid and scorpion Ring, toward. Preferably, the bond between the carbon atoms of the two aromatic faces is bonded to the two aromatic rings by a single bond, and the axis is a fatty ring or a non-aromatic heterocyclic ring between the two. (c) The linking group is also preferably 岐 环 较佳 较佳 较佳 较佳 较佳 较佳 较佳 较佳 较佳 较佳 较佳 较佳 较佳 较佳 较佳 较佳 较佳 较佳 较佳 较佳 较佳 较佳 较佳 较佳 较佳 较佳 较佳 较佳 较佳 较佳 较佳 较佳 较佳 较佳 较佳 较佳 较佳 较佳 较佳 较佳 较佳 较佳 较佳 较佳 较佳 较佳 较佳An example in which the combined base is combined indicates that the left-right relationship of the example of the base may be reversed. Cl . -CO-0- 201219464, c2 : -CO-NH- c3 : _ 亚烧!基_0_ c4 : -NH-CO-NH- c5 : -NH-CO-O- c6 : -O-CO- O- c7 : -0-alkylene group -0 · c8 : -CO-sub-base - c9 : -CO-alkenylene-NH- cio : -CO-alkenylene-〇-

Cll :-亞烷基-CO-O-亞烷基-Ο-co·亞烷基- cl2 : -O-亞烷基-CO-O-亞烷基-O-CO-亞烷基-O- cl3 : -O-CO-亞烷基-CO-O- cl4 : -NH-CO-亞烯基- cl5 : -O-CO-亞烯基- 芳香族環及連結基亦可具有取代基。 取代基之例子包括鹵素原子(F、(:卜Br、I)、經基、 竣基、氰基、胺基、确基、續基、胺曱醯基、胺續酿基、 脲基、烧基、稀基、快基、脂肪族酿基、脂肪族酿氧基、 烧氧基、錄緒基、絲錢基麟、喊基、烧基橫 醯基、脂肪族醯胺基、脂肪族磺醯胺基、經脂肪族取代之 胺基、經脂肪族取代之胺甲醯基、經脂肪族取代之胺磺醯 基、經脂肪族取代之脲基及非芳香族性雜環基。 烷基之碳原子數較佳的是卜8。鏈狀烧基較環狀炫基 更佳,特佳的是直鏈狀錄。燒基亦可進—步具有取代基 41 201219464 (例如羥基、羧基、烷氧基、經烷基取代之胺基)。烷基(包 含經取代之烷基)之例子包括曱基、乙基、正丁基、正己 基、2-羥基乙基、4-羧基丁基、2-曱氧基乙基及2-二乙基 胺基乙基之各基。 烯基之碳原子數較佳的是2〜8。鏈狀烯基較環狀烯基 更佳’特佳的是直鏈狀烯基。烯基亦可進一步具有取代基。 烯基之例子包括乙烯基、烯丙基及丨_己烯基。 快基之碳原子數較佳的是2〜8。鏈狀炔基較環狀炔基 更佳,特佳的是直鏈狀炔基。炔基亦可進一步具有取代基。 炔基之例子包括乙炔基、1-丁炔基及1-己炔基。 脂肪族酿基之碳原子數較佳的是1〜1〇。脂肪族醯基 之例子包括乙醯基、丙醯基及丁醯基。 脂肪族醯氧基之碳原子數較佳的是1〜1〇。脂肪族醯 氧基之例子包括乙醯氧基。 烧氧基之碳原子數較佳的是1〜8。烧氧基亦可進一步 具有取代基(例如烷氧基)。烷氧基(包含經取代之烷氧基) 之例子包括甲氧基、乙氧基、丁氧基及曱氧基乙氧基。 烷氧基羰基之碳原子數較佳的是2〜1〇。烷氧基羰基 之例子包括甲氧基羰基及乙氧基羰基。 烷氧基羰基胺基之碳原子數較佳的是2〜1〇。烷氧基 幾基胺基之例子包括甲氧基縣胺基及乙氧基数基胺基。 烷硫基之碳原子數較佳的是丨〜以。烷硫基之例子包 括曱硫基、乙硫基及辛硫基。 烷基磺醯基之碳原子數較佳的是丨〜卜烷基磺醯基之 42 201219464 例子包括甲磺醯基及甲磺醯基。 1〜10。脂肪族醯 脂肪族醯胺基之碳原子數較佳的是 胺基之例子包括乙醯胺基。 脂肪族磺醯胺基之碳原子數較佳的是1〜8。脂肪族供Cll :-alkylene-CO-O-alkylene-Ο-co.alkylene- cl2 : -O-alkylene-CO-O-alkylene-O-CO-alkylene-O- Cl3 : -O-CO-alkylene-CO-O- cl4 : -NH-CO-alkenylene- cl5 : -O-CO-alkenylene- The aromatic ring and the linking group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include a halogen atom (F, (Br, I), a mercapto group, a mercapto group, a cyano group, an amine group, an anthrace group, a thiol group, an amine group, an amine group, a urea group, and a burn group. Base, dilute base, fast base, aliphatic base, aliphatic oxy, alkoxy, chlorpyrifos, silky kilin, shouting base, burnt base, aliphatic guanamine, aliphatic sulfonate An amidino group, an aliphatically substituted amine group, an aliphatic substituted amine carbenyl group, an aliphatic substituted amine sulfonyl group, an aliphatic substituted ureido group, and a non-aromatic heterocyclic group. The number of carbon atoms is preferably 8. The chain-like group is more preferred than the ring-shaped group, and particularly preferably is a linear group. The group may further have a substituent 41 201219464 (for example, a hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group, Examples of alkoxy groups, alkyl-substituted amino groups). Alkyl groups (including substituted alkyl groups) include mercapto, ethyl, n-butyl, n-hexyl, 2-hydroxyethyl, 4-carboxybutyl The base of 2-methoxyethyl and 2-diethylaminoethyl. The number of carbon atoms of the alkenyl group is preferably 2 to 8. The chain alkenyl group is better than the cyclic alkenyl group. Straight The alkenyl group may further have a substituent. Examples of the alkenyl group include a vinyl group, an allyl group and a fluorene-hexenyl group. The number of carbon atoms of the fast group is preferably 2 to 8. The chain alkynyl group is more preferred. The cyclic alkynyl group is more preferably a linear alkynyl group. The alkynyl group may further have a substituent. Examples of the alkynyl group include an ethynyl group, a 1-butynyl group and a 1-hexynyl group. The number of carbon atoms is preferably 1 to 1 Å. Examples of the aliphatic fluorenyl group include an ethyl fluorenyl group, a propyl fluorenyl group and a butyl fluorenyl group. The aliphatic methoxy group preferably has 1 to 1 Å of carbon atoms. Examples of the decyloxy group include an ethoxy group. The number of carbon atoms of the alkoxy group is preferably from 1 to 8. The alkoxy group may further have a substituent (for example, an alkoxy group). The alkoxy group (including a substituted group) Examples of the alkoxy group include a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, a butoxy group, and a decyloxy group. The number of carbon atoms of the alkoxycarbonyl group is preferably 2 to 1 Å. Examples of the alkoxycarbonyl group include Methoxycarbonyl and ethoxycarbonyl. The number of carbon atoms of the alkoxycarbonylamino group is preferably 2 to 1 Å. Examples of the alkoxyamino group include methoxy The amine group and the ethoxy group of the amine group. The number of carbon atoms of the alkylthio group is preferably 丨~. Examples of the alkylthio group include an oximethio group, an ethylthio group and an octylthio group. The number of carbon atoms is preferably 42 19 卜 卜 2012 2012 2012 2012 2012 2012 2012 2012 2012 2012 2012 2012 2012 2012 2012 2012 2012 2012 2012 2012 2012 2012 2012 2012 2012 2012 2012 2012 2012 2012 2012 2012 2012 2012 2012 2012 2012 2012 2012 2012 2012 2012 2012 2012 2012 2012 2012 2012 2012 2012 2012 2012 2012 2012 2012 2012 2012 2012 2012 2012 2012 2012 2012 2012 2012 2012 2012 2012 2012 2012 2012 2012 2012 2012 2012 2012 2012 2012 2012 2012 2012 2012 2012 2012 2012 2012 Examples of the amine group include an ethenamine group. The aliphatic sulfonamide group preferably has 1 to 8 carbon atoms.

醯胺基之例子包括甲基續醯胺基、丁基續醯胺基^正= 磺醯胺基。 I 經脂肪族取代之胺基之碳原子數較佳的是丨〜10。浐 肪族取代胺基之例子包括二曱基胺基、二乙基胺基及日 基乙基胺基。 經脂肪族取代之胺曱醯基之碳原子數較佳的是2〜 10。經脂肪族取代之胺曱酸基之例子包括甲基胺甲醯基及 二乙基胺甲醯基。 經脂肪族取代之胺磺醯基之碳原子數較佳的是 8。經脂肪族取代之胺磺醯基之例子包括甲基胺磺醯基及二 乙基胺磺醯基。 經脂肪族取代之脲基之碳原子數較佳的是2〜1〇。經 脂肪族取代之脲基之例子包括甲基脲基。 非芳香族性雜環基之例子包括咬基及N嗎啉基。 延遲表現劑之分子量較佳的是3〇〇 〜800。 一作為圓盤狀化合物,較佳的是使用下述通式(j)所表 示之三嗪化合物。 通式(I) 43Examples of the amidino group include a methyl hydrazino group, a butyl hydrazine group, a positive = sulfonamide group. The number of carbon atoms of the amine group substituted with an aliphatic group is preferably 丨10. Examples of the aliphatic substituted amino group include a dimercaptoamine group, a diethylamino group and a benzylethylamine group. The number of carbon atoms of the aliphatically substituted amine sulfhydryl group is preferably from 2 to 10. Examples of the aliphatic substituted aminic acid group include a methylamine methyl sulfonyl group and a diethylamine methyl fluorenyl group. The number of carbon atoms of the aliphatic substituted aminoxime group is preferably 8. Examples of the aliphatically substituted aminoximino group include a methylamine sulfonyl group and a diethylamine sulfonyl group. The number of carbon atoms of the aliphatic substituted ureido group is preferably 2 to 1 Å. Examples of the aliphatic substituted ureido group include a methylureido group. Examples of the non-aromatic heterocyclic group include a butyl group and a N morpholinyl group. The molecular weight of the delayed expression agent is preferably from 3 〜 to 800. As the discotic compound, a triazine compound represented by the following formula (j) is preferably used. Formula (I) 43

201219464 «y ✓ A V/V/mII201219464 «y ✓ A V/V/mII

NN

X201_r201 X201 R201 於上述通式(I)中: 201 R 分別獨立地表示鄰位、間位及對位之至少任意位 具有取代基之芳香族環或雜環。 X201分別獨立地表示單鍵或_NR2G2_。此處,R2〇2分別 獨立地表錢料、、师代或未_代之錄、稀基 基或雜環基。X201_r201 X201 R201 In the above formula (I): 201 R each independently represents an aromatic ring or a heterocyclic ring having at least an arbitrary position in the ortho, meta and para positions. X201 independently represents a single bond or _NR2G2_. Here, R2〇2 is independently expressed as a money, a teacher or a non-generational, a dilute base or a heterocyclic group.

R β — 所表示之芳香族環較佳的是苯基或萘基,特佳的 疋苯基。R所表不之芳香族環可於任意之取代位置且有 至^一個取代基。所述取代基之鮮包括㈣原子、經基、 硝基、絲、絲、縣、芳基、烧氧基、稀氧基、 醯氧基、職基縣、職基躲、芳氧基·、 基Si 醢基、經稀基取代之胺顧 代之胺〒酿基、轉基取代之胺甲醯基、經 =代之請基、嶋、_、料The aromatic ring represented by R β — is preferably a phenyl group or a naphthyl group, and particularly preferably an anthracenephenyl group. The aromatic ring represented by R may be in any of the substitution positions and may have one substituent. The substituents include (iv) atom, thiol, nitro, silk, silk, county, aryl, alkoxy, diloxy, decyloxy, occupational county, occupational group, aryloxy, a base Si sulfhydryl group, a dilute-substituted amine, an amine-based amine base, a trans-substituted amine methyl sulfhydryl group, a substituting base, a hydrazine, a _, a material

44 201219464 是環較佳的是5員環、6員環或7員。 的是以:或6員環,最佳的是6員環。雜環之=更佳的 有子、硫原子或氧原子,特佳的是氮原i t較佳 香族性之雜環,特佳的是atb A。作為具 或4令定基)。雜環基亦可 隹=基為2-対基 之例&amp;與上ΐ芳基部分之取代基之例W'。%基之取代基 自由價之辦的雜環基較佳的是於氮原子具有 的是5員環。# ^% f的疋5員喊6員環,最佳 亦可罝右ϋ 亦可〜❹個㈣子。而且,雜環基 氣ϋΛ卜之縣子(例㈣、s)。以下表示於 η^η 由價之雜環基之例。此處,-C4H9n表示44 201219464 is a ring that is preferably a 5-member ring, a 6-member ring or a 7-member. It is: or 6-member ring, the best is 6-member ring. The heterocyclic ring = more preferably has a sub, a sulfur atom or an oxygen atom, and particularly preferably a nitrogen atom is preferably an aromatic heterocyclic ring, particularly preferably atb A. As a base with 4 or 4). The heterocyclic group may also be an example of a 2-mercapto group and an example of a substituent with an upper aryl moiety. The substituent of the % group is preferably a heterocyclic group of a free radical having a 5-membered ring in the nitrogen atom. # ^% f 疋5 members shouted 6-member ring, the best can also 罝 right ϋ can also ~ ❹ (4) child. Moreover, the heterocyclic group is suffocated by the county (example (4), s). The following is an example of a heterocyclic group of η^η. Here, -C4H9n means

一 NOne N

一 NOne N

COOC4H9n 45 201219464 R2G2所表示之烷基可為環狀烷基亦可為鏈狀烷基,較 佳的是鏈狀烧基,與具有分支之鏈狀烧基相比而言更佳的 是直鏈狀烧基。烧基之碳原子數較佳的是1〜3〇,更佳的 是1〜20,進一步更佳的是丨〜⑺,進一步更佳的是丨〜8, 最佳的是1〜6。烷基亦可具有取代基。取代基之例子包括 鹵素原子、烷氧基(例如甲氧基、乙氧基)及醯氧基(例 如丙烯醯氧基、甲基丙烯醯氧基)。 R202所表示之烯基可為環狀烯基亦可為鏈狀烯基,較 佳的是表示鏈狀烯基,與具有分支之鏈狀烯基相比而言更 佳的是表示直鏈狀烯基。烯基之碳原子數較佳的是2〜 3〇’更佳的是2〜2G’進-步更佳的是2〜1(),進一步更佳 的是2〜8,最佳的是2〜6。烯基亦可具有取代基。取代基 之例子%與前述之烧基之取代基相同。 R202所表示之芳香族環基及雜環基與r201所表示 同,較佳之範圍亦相同。芳香族環基及雜 2·344655號公報中之:記 Ϊ中;=之詳細情況於公開技報雜二 地可現:處=分子化合物同樣 聚醋而使用之聚合物亦可兼具作為延述: 46 if 201219464 為所述,聚s旨巾亦可存在之高分子系延遲表現劑,較佳的 是所述芳香私聚酯系聚合物及所述芳香族聚酯系聚合物與 其他樹脂之共聚物。 自有效率地表示Re、實現適當之Nz因數之觀點考 慮、’更佳的是本發明之延關為Re表制。於所述 延遲表現劑中’ Re表現劑例如可列舉圓盤狀化合物及棒狀 化合物等。 (延遲降低劑) 劑而公知之化合 物 “於本發明中,作為延遲降低劑,可廣泛採用雜系之 酉曰糸化合物或作為醯化纖維素膜之添加 =為高分子系、延遲降低劑,選自碟酸系之聚醋系聚合 Μ Ϊ乙物及輯酸系聚合物及該些化合物等之 曰、'較麵是1^烯酸系聚合物及苯乙㈣聚合物。而 合物一種苯乙烯系聚合物、丙烯酸系聚 寺具有貞的时雙折射之聚合物。 化人Hit分子量延遲降低劑,可列舉以下化合物。該些 並益牲l 111體亦可為油狀物。亦即,於其獅或沸點中 材;定二例如:贼以下與2g°c以上之紫外線吸收 .. /fc 〇或者同樣地劣化抑制劑之混合等。另外,作 i報中例如於日本專利特開平2·-194522號 液(摻ΐ ° *且’其之添加時期可於醯化纖維素溶 步驟=作步财任意地添加,#可於獅物調製 後調製步驟中,增加添加劑而調製之步驟而進 47 201219464 ^ A VVfplf 無特別限定作為各素材之添加量’只要可表現出功能則並 於日低劑,並無特別限定,詳細情況 所記載。汗GW272177號公報之[_6]〜[_5]中有 A、專利特開 2007_272177 號公報之[〇〇66]〜[〇〇85] 11 ’、’、通式(1)的化合物可藉由以下之方法而製作。 —山ΓA報中通式⑴之化合物可藉由確酿氯衍生物與胺 仿生物之縮合反應而獲得。 曰本專利特開2007_272177號公報通式(2)中所記載 之化合物可藉由使用縮合劑(例如二環己基碳二醯亞胺 (DCC)等)的羧酸類與胺類之脫水縮合反應、或羧醯氣 衍生物與胺衍生物之取代反應等而獲得。 (塑化劑) 作為本發明中所使用之塑化劑,亦可有用地使用作為 醯化纖維素之塑化劑而已知的多種化合物。作為塑化劑, 使用磷酸酯或羧酸酯。磷酸酯之例子包括磷酸三苯酯 (TPP)及磷酸三f苯酯(TCP)。羧酸酯以鄰苯二甲酸酯 及檸檬酸酯為代表。鄰苯二甲酸酯之例子包括鄰苯二甲酸 二甲酯(DMP)、鄰苯二甲酸二乙酯(DEP)、鄰苯二甲酸 二丁酯(DBP)、鄰苯二甲酸二辛醋(D0P)、鄰苯二甲酸 二苯酯(DPP)及鄰苯二甲酸二乙基己基酯(DEHP)。擰 樣酸醋之例子包括乙酿基轉樣酸二乙醋(〇ACTE)及 0-乙醯基檸檬酸三丁醋(0ACTB)。其他叛酸醋之例子包 48 201219464 括油,1自旨1麻油酸曱基乙醯基自旨、癸二酸二丁酯、各 種偏苯一甲酸®旨。可較佳地使用鄰苯二甲酸g旨系塑化劑 (DMP DEP、DBP、DOP、DPP、DEHP )。特佳的是 DEP 及 DPP。 (劣化抑制劑) 於本發明中,於醯化纖維素溶液中可添加公知之劣化 (氧化)抑制劑,例如2,6_二_第三丁基_4_曱基苯酚、4,4,_ 硫代雙-(6-第三丁基_3_曱基苯盼)、u,雙(4經基苯基)環己 烧、2二2’-亞曱基雙(4_乙基_6_第三丁基苯盼)、2,5_二_第三丁 基對苯^盼、季戊四醇-四[3-(3,5-二-第三丁基-4-經基苯基) 丙酉欠]S曰專盼糸或對苯二紛系抗氧化劑。另外,較佳的是設 為亞罐酸二(4·甲氧基_3,5_二苯基)p旨、亞—酸三(壬基苯基) 酯、亞磷酸三(2,4-二-第三丁基苯基)酯、雙(2,6_二_第三丁 基-4-曱基苯基)季戊四醇二亞磷酸酯、雙(2,4_二-第三丁基 苯基)季戊四醇二亞磷酸酯等磷系抗氧化劑。作為劣化抑制 劑之添加量,相對於纖維素系樹脂100重量份而言添加 0.05重量份〜5.〇重量份。 (紫外線吸收劑) 於本發明中’自偏光板或液晶等之劣化抑制之觀點考 慮’於醯化纖維素溶液中較佳地使用紫外線吸收劑。作為 备、外線吸收劑,自波長370 nm以下紫外線之吸收能力優 異、且液晶顯示性良好之觀點考慮,較佳地使用波長4〇〇 nm以上之可見光的吸收少的紫外線吸收劑。作為於本發明 中較佳地使用之紫外線吸收劑的具體例,例如可列舉受阻 49 201219464 jy loopif (―)酚系化合物、羥基二苯曱酮系化合物、 三嗤系化合物、水楊酸料化合物、二笨曱酮系化合物、 氰基丙烯酸S旨化合物、錄錯鹽系化合物等。作為受阻盼系 化合物之例子,可列舉2,6_二_第三丁基.對甲盼、季戊四 醇-四[3-(3,5-一-第二丁基_4_經基苯基)丙酸]酿、六亞 曱基雙(3,5-一-第三丁基_4_羥基-苯丙醯胺)、&amp;三甲基 -2,4,6-二(3,5-一··第三丁基-4-經基苄基)苯、三5_二_第二 丁基-4-羥基苄基)-異氰尿酸酯等。作為苯并三唑系化合物 之例子,可列舉2-(2,-羥基-5,-曱基苯基)苯并三唑、2,1亞 甲基雙(4_(1,1,3,3-四甲基丁基)_6-(2H-苯并三〇坐_2_基)苯 酚)、2,4-雙(正辛硫基)-6-(4-羥基-3,5-二-第三丁基苯胺 基)-1,3,5-三嗪、三乙二醇-雙[3-(3-第三丁基-5-曱基_4-經基 苯基)丙酸]酯、N,N,-六亞甲基雙(3,5-二-第三丁基_4_羥基_ 笨丙醯胺)、1,3,5-三曱基-2,4,6-三(3,5-二-第三丁基_4_羥基 苄基)苯、2(2·-羥基-3·,5’-二-第三丁基苯基)-5-氣苯并三唑、 2(2'-經基_3',5’·二-第三戊基苯基)-5-氣苯并三'1坐、2,6-二-第 三丁基·對曱酚、季戊四醇-四[3-(3,5-二-第三丁基4-羥基笨 基)丙酸]酯等。該些紫外線抑制劑之添加量於醯化纖維素 獏整體中以重量比例計而言較佳的是1 PPm〜L〇%,更佳 的是 10 ppm〜1000 ppm。 (消光劑) 自膜滑動性及穩定製造之觀點考慮’較佳的是本發明 之膜含有消光劑。戶斤述消光劑可為無機化合物之消光劑, 亦可為有機化合物之消光劑。 201219464 jyioopif θ作為所述無機化合物之消光劑之較佳具體例,較佳的 是含石夕無魏合物(例如二氧切、機魏@、水合石夕 酸舞、錢銘、赠料)、氧化鈦、氧化鋅、氧化銘:氧 ^鋇氧化結、氧化魏、氧化錄、氧化錫、氧化錫錄、碳 酸鈣、滑石、黏土、椴燒高嶺土及磷酸鈣等,更佳的是含 矽無機化合物或氧化锆,由於可減低醯化纖維素膜之濁 度,因此可特佳地使用二氧化矽。作為所述二氧化矽之微 粒子,例如可使用具有艾羅技R972、R974、R812、2⑻、 3〇〇、R202、OX50、TT600 (以上由日本a刪u股份有限 △司製ie)專商品名的市售品。作為所述氧化錯之微粒子, 例如可使用以艾羅技R976及R811 (以上由日本Aer〇sil 股份有限公司製造)等之商品名而市售者。 作為所述有機化合物之消光劑之較佳具體例,例如較 佳的是矽氧樹脂、氟樹脂及丙烯酸樹脂等聚合物,其中可 較佳地使用矽氧樹脂。於矽氧樹脂中,特別是具有三維之 網狀結構的矽氧樹脂較佳,例如可使用具有T〇spearl 1〇3、 Tospearl 105 &gt; Tospearl 108 ^ Tospearl 120 ^ Tospearl 145 &gt;COOC4H9n 45 201219464 The alkyl group represented by R2G2 may be a cyclic alkyl group or a chain alkyl group, preferably a chain alkyl group, and more preferably a linear chain than a branched chain group. Shaped base. The number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group is preferably 1 to 3 Å, more preferably 1 to 20, still more preferably 丨~(7), still more preferably 丨8, and most preferably 1-6. The alkyl group may also have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include a halogen atom, an alkoxy group (e.g., methoxy group, ethoxy group), and a decyloxy group (e.g., acryloxy group, methacryloxy group). The alkenyl group represented by R202 may be a cyclic alkenyl group or a chain alkenyl group, preferably a chain alkenyl group, and more preferably a linear chain than a branched chain alkenyl group having a branch. Alkenyl. The number of carbon atoms of the alkenyl group is preferably 2 to 3 Å, more preferably 2 to 2 G', more preferably 2 to 1 (), further preferably 2 to 8, and most preferably 2 ~6. The alkenyl group may also have a substituent. The % of the substituents are the same as the substituents of the above-mentioned alkyl group. The aromatic ring group and the heterocyclic group represented by R202 are the same as those of r201, and the preferred range is also the same. Aromatic ring group and miscellaneous in No. 2,344,655: in the case of Ϊ;; the details of the case can be found in the open technical report: where the molecular compound is also the same as the polymer used for the vinegar Description: 46 if 201219464 is a polymer-based delayed expression agent which may also be present in the polythene towel, preferably the aromatic private polyester-based polymer and the aromatic polyester-based polymer and other resins Copolymer. From the viewpoint of efficiently representing Re and achieving an appropriate Nz factor, it is more preferable that the extension of the present invention is a Re-table. Examples of the retardation agent in the retardation agent include a discotic compound and a rod compound. (Reducing agent) A known compound "In the present invention, as a retardation reducing agent, a heterocyclic ruthenium compound or a ruthenium hydride film can be widely used as a polymer system or a retardation reducing agent. It is selected from the group consisting of a dish-acid type polyester-based polymerized Μ 物 及 and an acid-based polymer, and the like, and the 'surface is a olefinic acid polymer and a styrene (tetra) polymer. The styrene polymer and the acrylic polythene have a rhodium-based birefringent polymer. The human Hit molecular weight retardation reducing agent may, for example, be exemplified by the following compounds. For its lion or boiling point material; for example: thief below and 2g °c above the ultraviolet absorption.. /fc 〇 or the same deterioration of the inhibitor mixture, etc. In addition, for the report, for example, Japanese Patent Special Open 2 ·-194522 liquid (doped with ΐ ° * and 'the addition period can be added in the step of sulfonating cellulose = step by step, arbitrarily added, # can be added to the lion preparation after the preparation step, adding additives to the step of preparation进47 201219464 ^ A VVfplf No specific restrictions The addition amount of each material is not particularly limited as long as it can exhibit a function, and is described in detail. In [K6 GW272177] [_6] to [_5], there is A. Patent Publication No. 2007_272177 [〇〇66]~[〇〇85] 11 ', ', the compound of the formula (1) can be produced by the following method. - The compound of the formula (1) in Hawthorn A can be derived from the chlorine. The compound described in the general formula (2) can be obtained by using a condensing agent (for example, dicyclohexylcarbodiimide (DCC), etc.). It is obtained by a dehydration condensation reaction of a carboxylic acid with an amine, or a substitution reaction of a carboxyxanthene derivative with an amine derivative, etc. (Plasticizer) As a plasticizer used in the present invention, it can also be usefully used as A variety of compounds known as plasticizers for deuterated cellulose. As a plasticizer, a phosphate or a carboxylate is used. Examples of the phosphate include triphenyl phosphate (TPP) and tri-f-phenyl phosphate (TCP). The acid ester is represented by phthalic acid ester and citrate ester. Examples of esters include dimethyl phthalate (DMP), diethyl phthalate (DEP), dibutyl phthalate (DBP), dioctyl phthalate (D0P), ortho-benzene. Diphenyl dicarboxylate (DPP) and diethylhexyl phthalate (DEHP). Examples of twisted acid vinegar include ethyl acetate-based diacetic acid (〇ACTE) and 0-acetamido citric acid. Tributyl vinegar (0ACTB). Examples of other resorcinic vinegars 48 201219464 oil, 1 from the purpose 1 linoleic acid thioglycolate, dibutyl sebacate, various benzoic acid®. Preferably, phthalic acid g is used as a plasticizer (DMP DEP, DBP, DOP, DPP, DEHP). Particularly good are DEP and DPP. (Deterioration Inhibitor) In the present invention, a known deterioration (oxidation) inhibitor such as 2,6-di-t-butyl-4-methylphenol, 4, 4 may be added to the deuterated cellulose solution. _ thiobis-(6-tert-butyl-3-indolyl benzene), u, bis(4-phenylphenyl)cyclohexene, 2,2 2-indenyl bis (4-ethyl) 6_T-butylbenzene), 2,5-di-t-butyl-p-phenylene, pentaerythritol-tetrakis[3-(3,5-di-t-butyl-4-phenylphenyl)酉 酉 ]] S 曰 曰 曰 曰 曰 曰 曰 曰 曰 曰 曰 曰 曰 曰 曰Further, it is preferably a sub-potassic acid bis(4.methoxy-3,5-diphenyl)p, a tris(mercaptophenyl) sulfite, or a tris(2,4-phosphite). Di-t-butylphenyl) ester, bis(2,6-di-t-butyl-4-indolylphenyl)pentaerythritol diphosphite, bis(2,4-di-tert-butylbenzene A phosphorus-based antioxidant such as pentaerythritol diphosphite. The amount of the deterioration inhibitor added is 0.05 parts by weight to 5% by weight based on 100 parts by weight of the cellulose resin. (Ultraviolet absorbing agent) In the present invention, the ultraviolet absorbing agent is preferably used in the deuterated cellulose solution from the viewpoint of suppressing deterioration of the polarizing plate or the liquid crystal. As the external and external absorbents, it is preferable to use an ultraviolet absorber having a small absorption of visible light having a wavelength of 4 〇〇 nm or more from the viewpoint of excellent absorption of ultraviolet rays having a wavelength of 370 nm or less and good liquid crystal display properties. Specific examples of the ultraviolet absorber to be preferably used in the present invention include, for example, a hindered 49 201219464 jy loopif (-) phenolic compound, a hydroxydibenzophenone compound, a triterpenoid compound, and a salicylic acid compound. A diclosan compound, a cyanoacrylic acid S compound, an error salt compound, or the like. As an example of the hindered compound, there may be mentioned 2,6-di-t-butyl. p-prepared, pentaerythritol-tetrakis [3-(3,5-mono-t-butyl-4-yl-phenyl) Propionic acid], hexamethylene bis (3,5-mono-t-butyl-4-hydroxy-phenylpropanamide), & trimethyl-2,4,6-di(3,5- 1. Tributyl-4--4-benzylbenzyl)benzene, tris-5-di-2-butyl-4-hydroxybenzyl)-isocyanurate, and the like. Examples of the benzotriazole-based compound include 2-(2,-hydroxy-5,-nonylphenyl)benzotriazole and 2,1 methylenebis (4_(1,1,3,3). -tetramethylbutyl)_6-(2H-benzotriazin-2-yl)phenol), 2,4-bis(n-octylthio)-6-(4-hydroxy-3,5-di- Tert-butylanilino)-1,3,5-triazine, triethylene glycol-bis[3-(3-tert-butyl-5-fluorenyl-4-cyclophenyl)propanoic acid] ester , N,N,-hexamethylene bis(3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxy-benzamide), 1,3,5-trimethyl-2,4,6-three (3,5-di-t-butyl-4-ylhydroxybenzyl)benzene, 2(2·-hydroxy-3·,5'-di-t-butylphenyl)-5-gas benzotriazole , 2(2'-trans-based _3',5'-di-t-pentylphenyl)-5-gas benzotriene 1, 2,6-di-t-butyl-p-nonylphenol, Pentaerythritol-tetrakis[3-(3,5-di-t-butyl 4-hydroxyphenyl)propanoate]. The amount of the ultraviolet inhibitor to be added is preferably from 1 ppm to 3% by weight, more preferably from 10 ppm to 1,000 ppm, based on the total mass of the bismuth cellulose hydride. (Matting agent) From the viewpoint of film slidability and stable production, it is preferred that the film of the present invention contains a matting agent. The matting agent may be a matting agent for an inorganic compound or a matting agent for an organic compound. 201219464 jyioopif θ as a preferred specific example of the matting agent of the inorganic compound, preferably containing Shishi no Wei compound (for example, dioxane, machine Wei @, hydrated Shixi acid dance, Qian Ming, gift) , titanium oxide, zinc oxide, oxidation Ming: oxygen oxide, oxygen oxide, oxidation, tin oxide, tin oxide, calcium carbonate, talc, clay, calcined kaolin and calcium phosphate, etc., more preferably The inorganic compound or zirconia can particularly preferably use cerium oxide because the turbidity of the fluorinated cellulose film can be reduced. As the fine particles of the cerium oxide, for example, it is possible to use a product name of Aerotech R972, R974, R812, 2(8), 3〇〇, R202, OX50, TT600 (the above is a Japanese company). Commercial products. As the oxidized fine particles, for example, those commercially available under the trade names of Aerotech R976 and R811 (above, manufactured by Aer〇sil Co., Ltd., Japan) can be used. As preferred examples of the matting agent for the organic compound, for example, a polymer such as a silicone resin, a fluororesin or an acrylic resin is preferable, and a silicone resin can be preferably used. In the epoxy resin, particularly a silicone resin having a three-dimensional network structure, for example, T〇spearl 1〇3, Tospearl 105 &gt; Tospearl 108 ^ Tospearl 120 ^ Tospearl 145 &gt;

Tospearl 3120 及 Tospearl 240 (以上由 Toshiba Silicone 股 份有限公司製造)等商品名之市售品。 於將該些消光劑添加於醯化纖維素溶液中之情形時, 特別是若可藉由不限定其方法之任意方法而獲得所期望之 醯化纖維素溶液,則並無問題。例如,於將醯化纖維素與 溶劑混合之階段,亦可含有添加物,於藉由醯化纖維素與 溶劑而製作混合溶液之後,亦可添加添加物。另外,亦可 201219464 ^^ιυυρίί 於流延摻雜物之前進行添加混合,即所謂之直前添加方 法,其混合是在線(on line)設置螺旋式混_二二 具體而言,較佳的是如線内混合機這樣的靜態混合機,而 且’作為線内混合機’例如較佳的是如靜態;邑合機c m而)SWJ (東麗靜止型管内混合器扭铺 程公司製造)這樣的混合機。另外,關於線内添加,為了 度,均、粒子凝料,於日本專利特開 ί 力了發明:於醯化纖維素膜之製造方法 中,由將添加g嘴别端與線内混合機之起始端部之距離 L設為主原料配管内徑4之5倍以下,可消除 之凝聚’上述添加管嘴為於主原料摻:物中混 。同、、且成之添加液。作為更佳之態樣, =物不同組成之添加液供給管嘴之前端開口部與= 離⑴設為供給管嘴前二 型管内混合内=合=態錢拌 =纖維素膜主原料摻雜物;液^ =::==;rr。另外,於曰本= 離現象、而且滑動性良好且透=差:之剝 之發明)中記裁了:作為添加添加= 立= 解查中,亦可於溶解蒼至共 ^於浴 ==之溶液添加於送二== 者之㈣可提减合性,因此較佳的找置靜態混I機ίCommercial products such as Tospearl 3120 and Tospearl 240 (made by Toshiba Silicone Co., Ltd.) are commercially available. In the case where the matting agents are added to the deuterated cellulose solution, there is no problem particularly if the desired deuterated cellulose solution can be obtained by any method which does not limit the method. For example, in the stage of mixing the deuterated cellulose with the solvent, an additive may be contained, and after the mixed solution is prepared by deuterated cellulose and a solvent, an additive may be added. In addition, 201219464 ^^ιυυρίί may be added and mixed before casting the dopant, that is, a so-called direct addition method, and the mixing is on-line setting of the spiral mixing - specifically, preferably A static mixer such as an in-line mixer, and a mixture of, for example, an in-line mixer such as static; a kneading machine cm and a SWJ (manufactured by Toray Static In-Tube Mixer Twisting Co., Ltd.) machine. In addition, regarding the in-line addition, the degree, the uniformity, and the particle aggregate, the Japanese Patent Laid-Open Patent Application: In the method for producing a cellulose film, the addition of the g-end end and the in-line mixer The distance L at the starting end portion is set to be less than 5 times the inner diameter 4 of the main raw material pipe, and the agglomeration can be eliminated. The above-mentioned addition nozzle is mixed in the main raw material doping. The same, and the addition of liquid. As a better aspect, the additive liquid of different composition is supplied to the front end of the nozzle and the = (1) is set to be mixed in the front tube of the supply nozzle = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = ; liquid ^ =::==; rr. In addition, in the invention of the = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = The solution is added to the second == (4) to reduce the compatibility, so it is better to find the static mixing machine ί

52 201219464 ^yioopif 混合機檇:。 (有機酸) 酸。較佳的是本發明之膜包含下述通式⑴所表示之有機 通式(1) x心叱乂 矣一 if中’ X表示酸解離常數為5·5以下之酸性A = 丄賈以上之連結基,Rl表示碳數為6〜3:之烧 6%(Γ之芳二、碳數為6〜3〇之块基、碳數為 Μ其 4錢為3G之雜環基,亦可進—步且有 m為單鍵之情形時為〗,於L為 j 連結基之情形時為(L之價數])。) 上之 之所〇)所表示之有機酸中,由於作為酸性A 二屬製膜設備(對摻雜物進行i 化劑而嵌段^k)於支撐體之金屬表面,因此與 出所述R之la圍的疏水性基之有機酸相比而言 : 屬之腐蝕。 明以下’對可於本發明之膜中使用之剝離促進劑加以說 於通式(1)中,X表示酸解離常數為5 5以下之酸, 較佳的是錄、俩基、亞魏基、雜基、伽亞胺^、 53 201219464 jyioopif 抗壞血酸基,更佳的歧基、俩基,最麵是誠。另 抗壞血酸基之情形時’較佳的是抗壞血酸之 風原子中的5位、6位之位置的氫原子脫落而與l連結。 於本說明書中,酸解離常數採用化學 會社刊中所記叙值。 ^ 於通式(1 ) +,Rl表示氫原子、碳數為6〜30之烧 基(亦可具有取代基)、烯基(亦可具有取代基)、块 =有取代基)、芳基(亦可具有取代基)、雜環基^可 :有=)。作為取代基,可列舉齒素原子、芳基、雜環 ,、坑氧基、芳氧基、烧硫基、芳硫基、醯基、經基、酿 =基:胺基、燒氧基羰基、醯基胺基、氧基幾基、胺甲酿 基、磺醯基、胺磺醯基、磺醯胺基、磺基、羧基等。 j更佳的是碳數為8〜24之烷基、埽基^基,最佳 的是碳數為10〜24之直鏈之烷基、烯基。 通式(1)中之L較佳的是單鍵、或者由下述單元群 組所ΐ之2價以上之連結基或將選自下述單元群組之2個 以上單元組合而所得之2價以上之連結基。 單元:-0- ' -CO-、-N(-R2)-(所述R2是碳數為i〜5 之炫基)、-CH=CH-、-CH(OH)-、-CHr·、-S02-、 —C-— 通式(1)中之L特佳的是具有單鍵、源自酯基之連 54 201219464 j^ioopif 結基(-COO-、-OCO-)、或源自醯胺基之連結基(-C0Nr2-、 -NR2CO-)作為部分結構。 而且,所述L亦可進一步具有取代基,作為該取代基, 並無特別限制,可列舉所述r1所亦可具有之取代基,其中 較佳的是-OH基。 於該些中,更佳的是所述1為包含源自甘油之基的連 結基。 作為所述L,具體而言較佳的是以下之結構。其中, 於以下中,p、q、r分別表示1〜40之整數,較佳的是1 〜20,更佳的是1〜10,特佳的是1〜6。而且’進一步特 佳的是q為2〜4。 -(CH2)p-CO-0-(CH2)q-〇- · -(CH2)p-C0-0-(CH2)q-(CH(0H))-(CH2)r-0-; -(CH2)p-C0-0-(CH2)q-(CH(0C0-R3))-(CH2)r-0-; -(CH2)p-CO-O-(CH2)q-(CH(OH))-(CH2)r-0-C0-; -(CH2)p-C0-0-(CH2)q-(CH(0C0-R3))-(CH2)r-0-C0_。 另外,上述L之具體例中所含之R3與所述通式(1) 中之所述 R1同義〇亦即,連結基 -(CH2)p-C0-0-(CH2)q-(CH(0C0-R3)HCH2)r-0-中之 R3 為了 方便起見僅僅記载於L之内部,連結基L表示除去R3之 部分。亦即,於此情形時L為3價。若以通式(1)表示, 則可δ己載為X-LJR1)]、[其十,L表示 -(CH2)p-C0-0-(CH2)q-(CH(0C0-))-(CH2)r-0-],亦即,此時 之連結基L成為3價連結基。 55 201219464 jyiOopif 所述L與所述X較佳的是以酯鍵或醯胺鍵進行鍵結, 更佳的是以酯鍵進行鍵結。而且,較佳的是於所述X中並 不存在醋鍵或醢胺鍵。 所述L與所述R1較佳的是以酯鍵、醚鍵或醯胺鍵進 行鍵結,更佳的是以酯鍵或酿胺鍵進行鍵結,特佳的是以 酯鍵進行鍵結。而且,較佳的是於所述R1中並不存在酯鍵 或醚鍵或醯胺鍵。 以下,將所述通式(1)所表示之有機酸之較佳具體例 列舉如下。 《脂肪酸》 肉豆慧酸、棕櫚酸、硬脂酸、油酸、亞麻油酸、次亞 麻油酸、霞麻油酸、十一酸。 《烧基硫酸》 肉豆€基硫酸、十六絲魏、輯基硫酸。 《烧基苯續酸》 十一烧基苯續酸、十五燒基苯續酸。 《烷基萘磺酸》 倍半丁基(sesquibutyl)料酸、二異丁基蔡績酸。 《二烷基磺基琥珀酸》 二辛基續基琥鋪、二己基縣璩赠、二環己基破 敝、二絲雜琥_、二(十三絲)環琥_。 《多元有機酸之部分衍生物》 所述通式(1 )所表示之有 部分衍生物。於本說明書中, 機酸較佳的是多元有機酸之 所謂多元有機酸之部分衍生52 201219464 ^yioopif Mixer 檇:. (organic acid) acid. Preferably, the film of the present invention comprises an organic formula (1) represented by the following formula (1): x 叱乂矣 if if if 'X' indicates an acid dissociation constant of 5.5 or less and an acidity A = Linking group, Rl is a heterocyclic group having a carbon number of 6 to 3: 6% of which is burned, and has a carbon number of 6 to 3 Å, and a carbon number of 4, which is 3G. - In the case where m is a single bond, it is 〖, in the case where L is a j-bonding group, it is (the valence of L)].) The organic acid represented by the above is the acid A. The second-generation film-forming device (the dopant is ionized and blocked) is on the metal surface of the support, and thus is compared with the organic acid of the hydrophobic group of the R: corrosion. Hereinafter, the peeling accelerator which can be used in the film of the present invention is referred to in the formula (1), and X represents an acid having an acid dissociation constant of 5 5 or less, preferably a ruthenium, a ruthenium group or a propargyl group. , hetero-base, gammine ^, 53 201219464 jyioopif ascorbic acid base, better base, two base, the most honest. In the case of the ascorbic acid group, it is preferred that the hydrogen atoms at the 5-position and the 6-position in the wind atom of ascorbic acid fall off and are linked to 1. In this specification, the acid dissociation constant is stated in the journal of Chemical Society. ^ In the formula (1) +, R1 represents a hydrogen atom, a carbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms (which may have a substituent), an alkenyl group (which may also have a substituent), a block = a substituent, and an aryl group. (may also have a substituent), a heterocyclic group can be: there is =). Examples of the substituent include a dentate atom, an aryl group, a hetero ring, a pit oxy group, an aryloxy group, a thiol group, an arylthio group, a fluorenyl group, a thiol group, a aryl group, an amine group, and an alkoxy group. , mercaptoamine, oxymethyl, amine, sulfonyl, sulfonyl, sulfonyl, sulfo, carboxy, and the like. More preferably, the alkyl group having a carbon number of 8 to 24 and the fluorenyl group are preferably a linear alkyl group or an alkenyl group having a carbon number of 10 to 24. L in the general formula (1) is preferably a single bond, or a linking group of two or more valences selected from the group of the following groups, or a combination of two or more units selected from the group of the following groups. Linkage above the price. Unit: -0- '-CO-, -N(-R2)- (the R2 is a radix with a carbon number of i~5), -CH=CH-, -CH(OH)-, -CHr·, -S02-, -C-- L is particularly preferred in the general formula (1), which has a single bond and is derived from an ester group. 54 201219464 j^ioopif base group (-COO-, -OCO-), or derived from A linking group of amidino groups (-C0Nr2-, -NR2CO-) is used as a partial structure. Further, the L may further have a substituent, and the substituent is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a substituent which the r1 may have, and among them, an -OH group is preferred. In these, it is more preferred that the 1 is a linking group containing a group derived from glycerin. As the L, specifically, the following structure is preferable. In the following, p, q, and r each represent an integer of 1 to 40, preferably 1 to 20, more preferably 1 to 10, and particularly preferably 1 to 6. Further, it is further preferable that q is 2 to 4. -(CH2)p-CO-0-(CH2)q-〇- · -(CH2)p-C0-0-(CH2)q-(CH(0H))-(CH2)r-0-; -( CH2)p-C0-0-(CH2)q-(CH(0C0-R3))-(CH2)r-0-; -(CH2)p-CO-O-(CH2)q-(CH(OH) )-(CH2)r-0-C0-; -(CH2)p-C0-0-(CH2)q-(CH(0C0-R3))-(CH2)r-0-C0_. Further, R3 contained in the above specific example of L is synonymous with R1 in the above formula (1), that is, a linking group -(CH2)p-C0-0-(CH2)q-(CH( R3 in 0C0-R3)HCH2)r-0- is only described in the interior of L for the sake of convenience, and the linking group L indicates a portion in which R3 is removed. That is, in this case, L is 3 valence. If expressed by the general formula (1), δ can be carried as X-LJR1)], [10, L represents -(CH2)p-C0-0-(CH2)q-(CH(0C0-))- (CH2)r-0-], that is, the linking group L at this time becomes a trivalent linking group. 55 201219464 jyiOopif The L and the X are preferably bonded by an ester bond or a guanamine bond, and more preferably by an ester bond. Moreover, it is preferred that no acetal or guanamine bond is present in said X. Preferably, the L and the R1 are bonded by an ester bond, an ether bond or a guanamine bond, more preferably an ester bond or a amide bond, and particularly preferably an ester bond. . Moreover, it is preferred that no ester bond or ether bond or guanamine bond is present in said R1. Hereinafter, preferred specific examples of the organic acid represented by the above formula (1) are listed below. "Fatty Acids" Nutmeg, palmitic acid, stearic acid, oleic acid, linoleic acid, sub-linoleic acid, simianic acid, undecanoic acid. "Soda-based sulfuric acid" meat beans, sulphuric acid, sixteen silk, sulfuric acid. "Como-benzoic acid" eleven-burning benzene continued acid, fifteen-burning benzene continued acid. "Alkylnaphthalenesulfonic acid" sesquibutyl acid, diisobutyl phthalic acid. "Dialkyl sulfosuccinic acid" Dioctyl succinyl sulphate, dihexyl sputum, dicyclohexyl ruthenium, diastah succinct _, two (thirteen silk) ring a _. "Partial Derivative of Polybasic Organic Acid" The partial derivative represented by the above formula (1). In the present specification, the organic acid is preferably a partial derivative of a so-called polybasic organic acid of a polybasic organic acid.

5656

201219464 物是指具有於1分子多元醇上g旨鍵結有丨分子脂肪酸與多 元有機酸之結構,且具有至少丨個源自多元舰之未經取 代之酸性基的^合物。另外,於本朗書中,所謂脂肪酸 是表示麟2料酸。亦即,本綱書巾之㈣酸並不限 定於所謂之r%級脂㈣,亦包含乙酸或丙酸等碳數為12 以下之低級脂肪酸。 所述多元有機酸之部分衍生物較佳的是多元賴之部 刀衍生物#即’所述通式⑴所表示之有機酸較佳的是 具有於1分子多元醇上s旨鍵結有丨分子猶酸與丨分子多 元竣酸之結構,且具有至少i個源自多元羧酸之未經取代 之缓基、。作為所述多元紐之部分射物中所使用之多元 叛酸’並無特麻定,例如較鋪是琥爾、檸樣酸、酒 石酸、一乙醯基酒石酸、蘋果酸、p 作為所述多元有機酸之部分衍生物中所使用之所述多 元醇,可列舉福壽草醇(ad()nitG1)、阿拉伯糖醇、乙二醇、 二乙二醇、三乙二醇、四乙二醇、❻丙二醇、13-丁二醇、 1,4-丁二醇、二丁二醇、!,2,丁三醇、π戊二醇、 己二醇、己三醇、半乳糖醇、甘露醇、甲基戊H,3,5_ 二醉、頻哪醇(Pinacol)、山梨糖醇、三經甲基丙烧、三經 甲基乙烧、木㈣、甘料。其巾’難的是甘油,較佳 的是所述通式(1)絲*之有舰是所謂之有機酸甘油醋。 =所述通式⑴所表示之有機酸,較佳的是有機酸 之1 生基X經由包含源自甘油之基的連結基l而與疏水性 部R鍵結而有機酸甘油自旨(甘油輯酸有機酸醋)。 57 201219464 此處’本說明書中&gt; 合物:甘油之3個胃有機酸甘Μ是指如下結構的化 有源自該多it有機峻之酸性/有機_細旨鍵,且具 其中,更佳# θ 特佳的是有機酸單甘油§旨或有機酸二甘油醋, 油醋是指如下結構的化ί物本的所謂有機酸單甘 酸形成酉旨鍵,且具中Γ個或2個與多元有機 書中的所謂有機酸機酸之酸性基。本說明 之3個經基中的2:Γ曰疋指如下結構的化合物:甘油 與多元有機酸形成s旨鍵脂;其餘的1個經基 基。 八有,原自5亥多元有機酸之酸性 的化:,進-步特佳的是如下結構 與==個是未經取代之經基,其餘的1個經基 美。麻^ ^成酉9鍵’且具有源自該多元有機酸之酸性 、 置(所3胃之α單甘油酯的位置),且較 ==,_單甘關的與多狀機酸進彻旨鍵結之 同樣地疋非對稱位置(所謂之(X單甘油醋的位置)。 心.有機酸單甘油酉旨中’較佳的是如下結構的化 有未經取代之羥基,且與脂肪酸進行酯鍵結之羥 土斤直接鍵結的碳軒以及衫元有_進行g旨鍵結之經201219464 refers to a structure having a structure in which a molecular weight fatty acid and a polybasic organic acid are bonded to one molecule of a polyol, and has at least one unsubstituted acidic group derived from a plural ship. In addition, in this book, the fatty acid means Lin 2 acid. That is, the acid of the (4) acid of the present invention is not limited to the so-called r% fat (4), and includes a lower fatty acid having a carbon number of 12 or less such as acetic acid or propionic acid. Preferably, the partial derivative of the polybasic organic acid is a multi-component flavonoid derivative. That is, the organic acid represented by the formula (1) preferably has a bond on the one molecule of the polyol. The structure of the molecular acid and the molecular polybasic acid, and having at least one unsubstituted slow group derived from the polycarboxylic acid. As a multi-component of the multi-component, the multi-repulsive acid used in the multi-injection does not have a specific setting, for example, a relatively small sage, a lemon acid, a tartaric acid, an acetyl tartaric acid, a malic acid, and p as the plurality of The polyhydric alcohol used in the partial derivative of the organic acid may, for example, betaxel (ad() nitG1), arabitol, ethylene glycol, diethylene glycol, triethylene glycol or tetraethylene glycol. , propylene glycol, 13-butanediol, 1,4-butanediol, dibutyl glycol,! , 2, butyl triol, π pentanediol, hexane diol, hexane triol, galactitol, mannitol, methyl pentane H, 3, 5 _ dip, pinacol (Pinacol), sorbitol, three It is made of methyl propyl ketone, trimethyl ketone, wood (four), and golden material. It is difficult to use glycerin, and it is preferred that the ship of the formula (1) is a so-called organic acid glycerin. = the organic acid represented by the above formula (1), preferably the mono-substance X of the organic acid is bonded to the hydrophobic portion R via a linking group 1 containing a glycerol-based group, and the organic acid glycerol Organic acid vinegar). 57 201219464 Here 'in the present specification> Compound: Three gastric organic acid glycerides of glycerol means that the following structure is derived from the acidity of the multi-it organic acid/organic _ fine key, and佳# θ is particularly good for organic acid monoglycerol § or organic acid diglycerin vinegar, oil vinegar refers to the following structure of the so-called organic acid mono-glycolic acid to form 酉 键 key, and with Γ or 2 And the acidic group of the so-called organic acid acid in the plural organic book. 2 of the three radicals of the present specification: Γ曰疋 means a compound having a structure in which glycerin forms a s-bond with a polybasic organic acid; the remaining one is via a base. Eight, the original acidity of the multi-organic acid from the 5 hai: The further step-by-step structure is the following structure and == one is the unsubstituted base, and the other one is based on the base. Hemp ^ ^ 酉 酉 9 bond ' and has the acidity derived from the polybasic organic acid, set (the position of the α-monoglyceride of the stomach), and compared with the ==, _ single Ganguan and polymorphic acid The same is true for the asymmetric position (so-called (the position of X monoglycerol). Heart. Organic acid monoglycerol is preferred. The preferred structure is an unsubstituted hydroxyl group and fatty acid. The carbon bismuth and the shirt element which are directly bonded by the ester-bonded hydroxy jin jin have the _

58 201219464 J^ioopif 基所直接鍵結的碳原子並不相鄰。 所述有機酸單甘油酯中,進一步特佳的是多元羧酸之 單甘油酯。所述多元羧酸之單甘油酯是指多元羧酸中具有 至少1個未經取代之羧基,其他羧基被單甘油酯取代而成 之有機酸。亦即,特佳的是於丨分子甘油中鍵結有丨分子 脂肪酸與1分子多元羧酸而成的含有羧基之有機酸單甘油 酉旨。 作為所述多元羧酸之單甘油酯中所使用之所述多元綾 酸,並無特別限定,例如較佳的是琥珀酸、檸檬酸、酒石 酸、二乙醯基酒石酸、蘋果酸、己二酸。 所述多元羧酸之單甘油酯中所使用之所述脂肪酸並無 限定,較佳的是碳數為8〜22之飽和或不飽和脂肪酸,具 體而吕可解辛酸、癸酸、十二鑛、肉豆練、棕櫚酸、 硬脂酸、二十二酸、油酸等。 以下,對可於本發明中使用之含有羧基之有機酸單甘 油酯加以詳細說明。 可於本發日种使狀含錢基之有機酸單甘油 酉旨通 可依照日本專利制平4_簡97號公報、日本專利 3823524號公報等中所記載之方法,使多元有機酸之酸 與脂肪酸單甘油酯反應而獲得。 反應通常於無溶劑條件下進行,例如於琥_野與 數為18^旨肪酸單甘油酯之反應中,於溫度為120。(:^ 鐘秘歧應。如麵所得之錢酸單甘油| 通韦成為包含有機酸、未反應單甘油§旨、二甘油醋 59 201219464f ^ A w^/11 他养^^物之混合物。於本發明中’亦可直接使用此種混合 物。 於欲提高所述含有竣基之有機酸單甘油g旨之純度之情 形時,藉由蒸餾等對如上所述之混合物中的含有鼓基之有 機酸單甘油酯進行純化即可,而且,作為純度高的含有羧 基之有機酸單甘油酯,可使用作為蒸餾單甘油酯而市售 者。作為所述含有羧基之有機酸單甘油酯之市售品,例如 可列舉同POEM K-37V (甘油檸檬酸油酸酯)、花王公司製 造之STEP SS (甘油硬脂酸/棕櫚酸號轴酸酯)等。 本發明之膜中所含之所述通式(1)所表示之有機酸的 添加量相對於所述醯化纖維素而言為〇.1 wt%〜2〇 wt%之 比例’特佳的是0.5 wt%〜10 wt%,進一步特佳的是〇·6 wt%〜5 wt% ’進一步特佳的是1.5 wt%〜5 wt%。 若添加量為0.1 %以上,則偏光元件耐久性改良效果及 剝離性改良效果變充分。而且,若為2〇 wt%以下之添加 量,則於南溫尚濕經時中有機酸難以渗出,偏光板之正交 透射率難以上升而較佳。 所述通式(1)所表示之有機酸的分子量較佳的是2〇〇 〜1000 〇 (糖酯化合物) -糖殘基- 所述糖酯化合物是指構成該化合物之多糖中的可取代 之基(例如羥基、羧基)之至少1個與至少1種取代基進 行醋鍵結之化合物。亦即,此處所謂之糖酯化合物亦包含 201219464 i uujjif 廣義之糖衍生物類,例如亦包含如葡萄糖酸這樣的包含糖 殘基作為結構的化合物。亦即,所述細旨化合物亦包含葡 萄糖與羧酸之酯體、葡萄糖酸與醇之酯體。 構成所述糖酯化合物之多糖中的可取代之基較佳 羥基。 所述糖酯化合物中包含源自構成糖酯化合物之多糖之 結構(以下亦稱為糖殘基)。將所述糖殘基之每單糖之結構 稱為糖酯化合物之結構單元。所述糖酯化合物之結構單元 ,佳的是包含吡喃糖結構單元或呋喃糖結構單元,更佳的 是所有糖殘基均為吡喃糖結構單元或呋喃糖結構單元。而 且,於所述糖酯由多糖所構成之情形時,較佳的是一同包 含吼喃糖結構單元或呋喃糖結構單元。 所述糖酯化合物之糖殘基可源自5單糖亦可源自6單 糖’較佳的是源自6單糖。 所述糖酯化合物中所含之結構單元數較佳的是2〜 4’更佳的是2〜3 ’特佳的是2。亦即,構成所述糖酯化合 物之糖較佳的是2糖類〜4糖類,更佳的是2糖類〜3糖 類,特佳的是2糖類。 於本發明中,所述糖酯化合物更佳的是羥基之至少i 個被酯化的包含2個〜4個吡喃糖結構單元或呋喃糖結構 單元的糖酯化合物,更佳的是羥基之至少丨個被酯化的包 含2個吡喃糖結構單元或呋喃糖結構單元之糖酯化合物。 作為所述單糖或包含2個〜4個單糖單元之糖類的例 子,例如可列舉赤藻糖(erythrose )、異赤藻糖(thre〇se )、 61 201219464 jyioopif 核糖、阿拉伯糖、木糖、來蘇糖、阿洛糖、阿卓糖、葡 糖、果糖咁露糖、古洛糖、艾杜糖、半乳糖、塔羅糖(tal〇se)、 海藻糖(trehalose)、異海藻糖、新海藻糖、海藻糖胺、曲 二糖(kojibiose)、黑曲黴二糖(niger〇se)、麥芽糖、麥“ 糖醇、異麥芽糖、槐糖、昆布二糖、纖維雙糖、龍膽二糖牙 乳糖、乳糖胺、乳糖醇、乳酮糖、蜜二糖、櫻草糖、廿香 糖、海葱二糖(scillabiose)、蔗糖、蔗糖素、松二糖农 豆,糖、纖維三糖、馬鈴薯三糖、龍膽三糖、異麥芽三糖灭 異葡糖基麥芽糖、麥芽三糖、甘露三糖、松三糖、潘糖、 車^糖、棉子糖、茄三糖、傘形糖、石蒜四糖、麥芽四糖、' 水蘇糖、麥芽五糖、以六士 ] 一只、麥芽六糖、木糖 山梨糖醇等。 呼 較佳的是核糖、阿拉伯糖、木糖、來蘇糖、葡萄糖 果糖:甘露糖、半乳糖、㈣糖、麥雜、纖維雙糖 糖、薦糖、Α糖素、木糖醇、山綠醇,更佳的是阿二 糖、木糖、葡萄糖、果糖、甘露糖、半乳糖、麥芽糖 維雙糖、蔗糖,特佳的是木糖、®萄糖、絲、甘露糖 半乳糖、麥芽糖、纖維雙糖、紐、木糖醇、山梨糖醇: 醋化合物之取代基之較佳例,可列舉烷基 的疋碳數為卜22之院基,更佳的是碳數為h 之絲’特佳的是碳數為卜8之燒基,例如曱基、乙義、 ,基、減乙基、減丙基、2_氰紅基、懿等)、^· (較佳的是碳數為6〜24之芳基,更佳的是6〜18 土, 特佳的是6〜12之絲,例如苯基、隸)、鳴(較佳土的 62 201219464 ^yioopif 是碳數為1〜22之醯基,更佳的是碳數為2〜12之醯基, 特佳的是碳數為2〜8之醯基,例如乙醯基、丙醯基、丁醯 基、戊醯基、己醯基、辛醯基、苯甲醯基、甲苯甲醯基、 鄰苯二曱醯基等)、醯胺基(較佳的是碳數為1〜.2 2之醯胺 基,更佳的是碳數為2〜12之醯胺基,特佳的是碳數為2 〜8之醯胺基,例如甲醯胺基、乙醯胺基等)、醯亞胺基(較 佳的是碳數為4〜22之醯亞胺基,更佳的是碳數為4〜12 之醯亞胺基,特佳的是碳數為4〜8之醯亞胺基,例如琥珀 醯亞胺基、鄰苯二甲醯亞胺基等)。其中,更佳的是烧基或 醯基,更佳的是甲基、乙醯基、苯曱醯基,特佳的是苯甲 醯基及乙醯基中之至少一方,進一步特佳的是苯曱醢基。 以下,列舉可於本發明中使用之糖酯化合物之具體 例’但本發明並不限定於此。而且,於下述之具體例/中並 未記載各糖酯化合物之酯取代度’但只要不違反本發明之 主曰則可使用任思g旨取代度之糖g旨化合物,亦可势成糖, 化合物混合體而使用。 1 63 201219464 jyioopif 化合物158 201219464 J^ioopif The carbon atoms directly bonded by the base are not adjacent. Further among the organic acid monoglycerides, a monoglyceride of a polyvalent carboxylic acid is further preferable. The monoglyceride of the polyvalent carboxylic acid means an organic acid having at least one unsubstituted carboxyl group in the polyvalent carboxylic acid and the other carboxyl group substituted by the monoglyceride. That is, it is particularly preferable to use a carboxyl group-containing organic acid monoglycerol in which a molecular fatty acid and a monovalent polycarboxylic acid are bonded to a molecular glycerin. The polybasic decanoic acid used in the monoglyceride of the polyvalent carboxylic acid is not particularly limited, and for example, succinic acid, citric acid, tartaric acid, diterpene tartaric acid, malic acid, adipic acid is preferred. . The fatty acid used in the monoglyceride of the polycarboxylic acid is not limited, and preferably a saturated or unsaturated fatty acid having a carbon number of 8 to 22, specifically, lycosyl octanoic acid, citric acid, orthorium , peas, palmitic acid, stearic acid, behenic acid, oleic acid, etc. Hereinafter, the organic acid monoglyceride containing a carboxyl group which can be used in the present invention will be described in detail. The organic acid monoglyceride which can be used in the present invention can be made into an acid of a polybasic organic acid according to the method described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. Hei No. 97-1995, Japanese Patent No. 3823524, and the like. Obtained by reaction with fatty acid monoglyceride. The reaction is usually carried out in the absence of a solvent, for example, in the reaction of amber and a number of 18% fatty acid monoglyceride at a temperature of 120. (:^ The secret of the clock should be. The acid monoglyceride obtained as the surface | Tongwei becomes a mixture containing organic acid, unreacted monoglycerol §, diglycerin 59 201219464f ^ A w^/11. In the present invention, the mixture may be used as it is. In the case where the purity of the thiol-containing organic acid monoglycerol is desired to be increased, the drum base is contained in the mixture as described above by distillation or the like. The organic acid monoglyceride may be purified, and a high-purity carboxyl group-containing organic acid monoglyceride may be used as a distilled monoglyceride. As the carboxyl group-containing organic acid monoglyceride market Examples of the product to be sold include POEM K-37V (glycerol citrate oleate), STEP SS (glycerol stearic acid/palmitic acid carboxylic acid ester) manufactured by Kao Corporation, and the like. The amount of the organic acid represented by the above formula (1) is from 0.1% by weight to 2% by weight relative to the cellulose deuterated cellulose, and particularly preferably from 0.5% by weight to 10% by weight. Further particularly preferred is 〇·6 wt%~5 wt% 'further extra is 1.5 wt%~5 wt%. When the amount is 0.1% or more, the effect of improving the durability of the polarizing element and the effect of improving the peeling property are sufficient. Further, when the amount is 2% by weight or less, the organic acid is hard to bleed out during the south temperature and the wet period. It is preferable that the orthogonal transmittance of the polarizing plate is difficult to rise. The molecular weight of the organic acid represented by the general formula (1) is preferably from 2 to 1000 Å (sugar ester compound) - sugar residue - the sugar The ester compound is a compound in which at least one of a substitutable group (for example, a hydroxyl group or a carboxyl group) constituting the compound is acetylated with at least one substituent, that is, the so-called sugar ester compound is also included. 201219464 i uujjif A generalized sugar derivative, for example, also contains a compound containing a sugar residue as a structure such as gluconic acid. That is, the above-mentioned compound also includes an ester of glucose and a carboxylic acid, gluconic acid and an alcohol. The ester group is preferably a hydroxyl group which is a substituent in the polysaccharide of the sugar ester compound. The sugar ester compound contains a structure derived from a polysaccharide constituting the sugar ester compound (hereinafter also referred to as a sugar residue). Description The structure of each monosaccharide of the sugar residue is referred to as a structural unit of the sugar ester compound. The structural unit of the sugar ester compound preferably contains a pyranose structural unit or a furanose structural unit, and more preferably all sugar residues. All of them are pyranose structural units or furanose structural units. Further, in the case where the sugar ester is composed of a polysaccharide, it is preferred to include a gulycan structural unit or a furanose structural unit together. The sugar residue may be derived from 5 monosaccharides or 6 monosaccharides. Preferably, it is derived from 6 monosaccharides. The number of structural units contained in the sugar ester compound is preferably 2 to 4'. It is 2 to 3' particularly preferable. That is, the sugar constituting the sugar ester compound is preferably 2 saccharides to 4 saccharides, more preferably 2 saccharides to 3 saccharides, and particularly preferably 2 saccharides. In the present invention, the sugar ester compound is more preferably at least one of the hydroxyl group-containing sugar ester compounds containing 2 to 4 pyranose structural units or furanose structural units, more preferably a hydroxyl group. At least one esterified sugar ester compound comprising two pyranose structural units or furanose structural units. Examples of the monosaccharide or a saccharide containing two to four monosaccharide units include erythrose, hetero-erythroside (thre〇se), 61 201219464 jyioopif ribose, arabinose, xylose , sorbitol, allose, altrose, glucose, fructose, gulose, idose, galactose, talose, trehalose, trehalose , new trehalose, trehalose, kojibiose, niger〇se, maltose, wheat “sugar alcohol, isomaltose, sucrose, kelp disaccharide, cell disaccharide, gentian Lactose lactose, lactosamine, lactitol, lactulose, melibiose, primrose, sucrose, scillabiose, sucrose, sucralose, pine disaccharide, sugar, fiber trisaccharide , potato trisaccharide, gentian trisaccharide, isomaltotriose exoglucose maltose, maltotriose, mannose trisaccharide, pine trisaccharide, panose, car sugar, raffinose, eggplant trisaccharide, Umbelliferous sugar, oligosaccharide, maltotetraose, 'stachyose, malto-pentose, six hexagrams', one malt hexaose, xylose Pearitol, etc. Preferred are ribose, arabinose, xylose, lyxose, glucose fructose: mannose, galactose, (iv) sugar, wheat miscellaneous, cellobiose, recommendation sugar, glycoside, wood Sugar alcohol, sucrose, more preferably adisaccharide, xylose, glucose, fructose, mannose, galactose, maltose, disaccharide, sucrose, especially good is xylose, glucosamine, silk, mannose Galactose, maltose, cellobiose, neotium, xylitol, sorbitol: preferred examples of the substituent of the vinegar compound, the alkyl group having a ruthenium number of the alkyl group is preferably 22, more preferably the carbon number The silk of h is 'excellent is the burning base of carbon number 8, such as thiol, ethyl, base, minus ethyl, propyl, 2-cyano, hydrazine, etc.), ^ (more) Preferably, the carbon number is 6 to 24 aryl groups, more preferably 6 to 18 soils, especially the 6 to 12 filaments, such as phenyl, Li), Ming (better soil 62 201219464 ^yioopif is a fluorenyl group having a carbon number of 1 to 22, more preferably a fluorenyl group having a carbon number of 2 to 12, particularly preferably a fluorenyl group having a carbon number of 2 to 8, such as an ethyl group, a propyl group, a butyl group, a butyl group醯基,己醯Base, octyl decyl, benzhydryl, tolylmethyl, phthalic acid, etc.), guanamine group (preferably a ruthenium group having a carbon number of 1 to 2. 2 2, more preferably a carbon number) It is a 2 to 12 decylamino group, particularly preferably a decylamino group having a carbon number of 2 to 8, such as a carbamide group, an etidamine group, or the like, and a quinone imine group (preferably having a carbon number of 4) Preferably, the imine group is a group having a carbon number of 4 to 12, and particularly preferably an anthranylene group having a carbon number of 4 to 8, such as amber quinone imine or phthalate. More preferably, it is a pyridyl group or a fluorenyl group, more preferably a methyl group, an ethyl fluorenyl group or a benzoinyl group, and particularly preferably a benzamidine group and an acetamidine group. At least one of them is further preferably a benzoquinone group. Hereinafter, specific examples of the sugar ester compound which can be used in the present invention are listed, but the present invention is not limited thereto. Further, the specific degree of ester substitution of each of the sugar ester compounds is not described in the following specific examples. However, as long as the main components of the present invention are not infringed, the sugar-based compound of the degree of substitution may be used. Sugar, a mixture of compounds used. 1 63 201219464 jyioopif Compound 1

R1 一 c-ch3R1 a c-ch3

化合物3Compound 3

Ο u R3= —C 化合物4Ο u R3= —C Compound 4

ο R4= —C-C2Hs 64 201219464 jyioopif 化合物5ο R4= —C-C2Hs 64 201219464 jyioopif compound 5

R5= —C-CHS 化合物6R5=—C-CHS Compound 6

R6= Ο II -C-CH3 化合物7R6= Ο II -C-CH3 Compound 7

R7= — C-CH3R7= — C-CH3

OO

II 化合物8II Compound 8

R8= 0 II -c-ch3 化合物9R8= 0 II -c-ch3 Compound 9

化合物10Compound 10

〇II c—ch3 o ch3II I —C—CH3 65 201219464 j^ioopif 化合物11 CH2OR11 CH2ORl1 H R11。、 s?R11 R彻 XH2OR11 A L L l R11 化合物12〇II c—ch3 o ch3II I —C—CH3 65 201219464 j^ioopif Compound 11 CH2OR11 CH2ORl1 H R11. , s?R11 R Che XH2OR11 A L L l R11 Compound 12

R12= 化合物13R12= Compound 13

CH2OR13 CH2OR13 R13〇\?^3 HCH2OR13 CH2OR13 R13〇\?^3 H

CH2OR13 OR13 H R13 = 化合物14CH2OR13 OR13 H R13 = Compound 14

R14= ?ch3R14= ?ch3

〇ch3 〇ch3 化合物15〇ch3 〇ch3 compound 15

化合物16Compound 16

66 201219464 ^yioopif 於以下之結構式中,R分別獨立地表示任意取代基, 多個R可相同亦可不同。 ch2〇r 〜 6r ^**···^ 丫_1麵·&quot;y ch2〇r H OR OR Η [表2] 化合物 取代基1 取代基2 分子量 種類 取代度 種類 取代度 101 乙醯基 7 苄基 1 727 102 乙醯基 6 苄基 2 775 103 乙醯基 7 苯甲醯基 1 741 104 乙酿基 6 苯甲醯基 2 802 105 苄基 2 無 0 523 106 苄基 3 無 0 613 107 苄基 4 無 0 702 108 乙酿基 7 笨基乙酿基 1 771 109 乙醯基 6 笨基乙醯基 2 847 110 笨甲醯基 1 無 - 446 111 笨曱醯基 2 無 - 550 112 笨甲醯基 3 無 - 654 113 笨甲醯基 4 無 - 758 114 苯甲醯基 5 無 - 862 115 苯甲醯基 6 無 - 966 116 苯甲醯基 7 無 - 1070 117 苯甲醯基 8 無 - 117466 201219464 ^yioopif In the following structural formula, R each independently represents an arbitrary substituent, and a plurality of R may be the same or different. Ch2〇r ~ 6r ^**···^ 丫_1面·&quot;y ch2〇r H OR OR Η [Table 2] Compound Substituent 1 Substituent 2 Molecular Weight Kind Substitution Degree Substitution Degree 101 Ethyl 7 Benzyl 1 727 102 Ethyl 6 benzyl 2 775 103 Ethyl 7 Benzopyridyl 1 741 104 Ethyl 6 Benzopyridin 2 802 105 Benzyl 2 No 0 523 106 Benzyl 3 No 0 613 107 Benzyl 4 No 0 702 108 Ethylene 7 Styrene 1 Styrene 1 771 109 Ethyl 6 Styyl Ethyl 2 847 110 Stupid 1 N - 446 111 Clumky 2 No - 550 112 Stupid甲基基3 无 - 654 113 笨甲醯基4 无- 758 114 苯甲醯基5 无 - 862 115 苯甲醯基6 无 - 966 116 苯甲醯基7 无 - 1070 117 苯甲醯基8 - 1174

H OR 67 201219464 i uwplt [表3] 化合物 取代基1 取代基2 分子量 種類 取代度 種類 取代度 301 乙酿基 6 苯甲醯基 2 803 302 乙醯基 6 苄基 2 775 303 乙醯基 6 苯基乙醯基 2 831 304 笨甲醯基 2 無 0 551 305 苄基 2 無 0 522 306 笨基乙醯基 2 無 0 579 [表4] 化合物 取代3 取代基2 分子量 種類 取代度 種類 取代度 401 乙醯基 6 笨甲醯基 2 803 402 乙醞基 6 苄基 2 775 403 乙醯基 6 苯基乙醯基 2 831 404 笨曱醯基 2 無 0 551 405 苄基 2 無 0 523 406 笨基醋 2 無 0 579 另外,作為所述糖酯化合物,亦可使用日本專利特開 2〇01-247717號公報、日本專利特表2〇〇5 515285號公報、 國際公開WO2007/125764號公報、國際公開 m〇9/ou228戒公報、國際公開w〇2〇_31464號公 報4中所記載之糖酯化合物。 作為所述糖酉曰化合物之獲得方法,可由東京化成股份 68 201219464 ^yioopif 有限公司製造、Aldrich製造等而以市售品的形式商業性獲 得,或者藉由對市售之碳水化合物進行已知之墙街生物化 法(例如曰本專利特開平8_245678號公報中所記載之方 法)而合成。 所述糖醋化合物之數量平均分子量較佳的是2〇〇〜 3500,更佳的是420〜3〇〇〇,特佳的是45〇〜2〇〇〇的範圍。 所述糖酯化合物較佳的是相對於醯化纖維素而含有2 wt%〜30 wt%,更佳的是含有5 wt%〜20 wt%。 [膜之製造方法] 本發明之膜可藉由以下詳述之本發明之膜的製造方法 (以下亦稱為本發明之製造方法),分別根據使用乙酸纖維 素作為酿化纖維素之情形、與使用丁酸纖維素或丙酸纖維 素作為醯化纖維素之情形而採用不同之製膜條件,由此可 效率良好地製造。 於使用乙酸纖維素作為醯化纖維素之情形時,本發明 之製造方法包括:將包含總醯基取代度為2 i〜2 8之乙酸 纖維素的摻雜物於金屬支撐體上進行溶液流延而獲得膜之 步驟;藉由滿足下述式(i)之殘留揮發成分H1將所述膜 自金屬支撐體上剝下之步驟;將所剝下之膜於滿足下述武 (ii)之殘留揮發成分H2之狀態下沿膜搬送方向延伸5/〇 〜100%之步驟;將所剝下之膜於滿足下述式(丨)之殘留 揮發成分H3之狀態下沿與膜搬送方向正交之方向延伸 20%〜150%之步驟;其特徵在於:所述延伸步驟滿足下述 式(iv)。H OR 67 201219464 i uwplt [Table 3] Compound Substituent 1 Substituent 2 Molecular Weight Kind Substitution Degree Substitution Degree 301 Ethyl 6 Benzomethyl 2 803 302 Ethyl 6 Benzyl 2 775 303 Ethyl 6 Benzene Ethyl hydrazide 2 831 304 Stupid thiol 2 No 0 551 305 Benzyl 2 No 0 522 306 Stupyl acetyl 2 No 0 579 [Table 4] Compound substitution 3 Substituent 2 Molecular weight species Substitution degree Substitution degree 401 Ethyl group 6 phenyl group 2 803 402 acetyl group 6 benzyl 2 775 403 acetyl group 6 phenyl acetyl group 2 831 404 曱醯 曱醯 2 2 0 551 405 benzyl 2 no 0 523 406 Vinegar 2 is not 0 579. Further, as the sugar ester compound, Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. 2, No. Hei. The sugar ester compound described in Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. Hei 9/ou. The method for obtaining the glycoside compound can be commercially obtained in the form of a commercial product by the Tokyo Chemicals Co., Ltd., 68 201219464 ^yioopif Co., Ltd., Aldrich, etc., or by a known wall of commercially available carbohydrates. A street biochemical method (for example, the method described in JP-A-8-245678) is synthesized. The number average molecular weight of the sweet and sour compound is preferably from 2 〇〇 to 3,500, more preferably from 420 to 3 Å, and particularly preferably from 45 Å to 2 Å. The sugar ester compound preferably contains 2 wt% to 30 wt%, more preferably 5 wt% to 20 wt%, relative to the deuterated cellulose. [Manufacturing Method of Film] The film of the present invention can be produced by the method for producing a film of the present invention (hereinafter also referred to as the production method of the present invention) as described below, depending on the case where cellulose acetate is used as the brewing cellulose, Different from the film forming conditions in the case of using cellulose butyrate or cellulose propionate as the cellulose halide, it can be efficiently produced. In the case of using cellulose acetate as the cellulose deuterated, the production method of the present invention comprises: carrying out a solution flow on a metal support by using a dopant containing cellulose acetate having a total thiol substitution degree of 2 i~2 8 a step of obtaining a film; a step of peeling the film from the metal support by satisfying the residual volatile component H1 of the following formula (i); and peeling off the film to satisfy the following (ii) a step of extending 5/〇 to 100% in the film transport direction in the state of the residual volatile component H2; and the peeled film is orthogonal to the film transport direction in a state in which the residual volatile component H3 of the following formula (丨) is satisfied. The step of extending the direction by 20% to 150%; characterized in that the extending step satisfies the following formula (iv).

S 69 201219464 j^ioopif 式(i) 20%SH1S60% 式(ii) 10%SH2^60% 式(iii) 5%^H3^45% +二二〇(™率+ 1〇〇%)/⑽延仲倍率 j式中’ MD延伸倍率表示於膜搬送方向上之延伸倍 率(單位為%),TD延伸倍率表示於與膜搬送方向正交之 方向上之延伸倍率(單位為%)。) 又 於使用丁酸纖維素或丙酸纖維素作為醯化纖維素之情 形時,其包括:將包含總醯基取代度為21〜2 8之^酸^ 維素或丙酸纖維素的摻雜物於金屬支撐體上進行溶液流延 而獲得膜之步驟;藉由滿足下述式(i)之殘留揮發成分 H1將所述膜自金屬支撐體上剝下之步驟;將所剝下丄膜於 滿足下述式(ii)之殘留揮發成分H2之狀態下沿膜搬送方 向延伸20%〜100%之步驟;將所剝下之膜於滿足下述式 (i)之殘留揮發成分H3之狀態下沿與膜搬送方向正交之 方向延伸35%〜150%之步驟;其特徵在於:所述延伸步驟 滿足下述式(iv)。 式(i) 20%SH1$60% 式(ii) 10%SH2S60〇/o 式(iii) 5%^H3^45% 式(iv) (MD延伸倍率+ 100%) / (TD延伸倍率 4-100%) ^〇·7〇 (式中,MD延伸倍率表示於膜搬送方向上之延伸倍 201219464 jyioopif 率(單位為%),TD延伸倍率表示於與膜搬 方向上之延伸料(單位為%)。) 以下,對本發明之製造方法加以說明。 &lt;將醯化纖維素形成為膜狀之步驟〉 發明之製造方法中,於將醯化纖維素形成為膜狀 使由*可使用浴液流延製膜法,亦可使用炫融製膜法。 二1化用溶液流延製膜法’更佳的是使用將包 3 -維素及洛劑之摻雜物流誕於支撐體上之方法。而 ΐ二本=之製造方法中’特佳的是將摻雜物流延於支 芽體上,使溶劑蒸發而形成醯化纖維素膜。 (摻雜物之製造) 對本發明之製造方法中,摻雜物中所含之較佳之各成 为加以說明。其巾,較麵是相對 =素而言並不包含—表現 ,可於所述本發明之膜之說日种所例示之範圍内較 於摻雜物中之添加時期並無特別限制。 旦於本發明所制之摻雜物中,較佳的是將醯化纖唯素 雜物中含有1〇 wt%〜4〇 ·醜化 義維素之里更佳的疋10 wt%〜30 wt〇/。。 、容液在摻雜物中所使用之溶劑若為 办液肌延巾所使默㈣,财_公知 =使霧度降低之觀點考慮,較佳的是包含選自碳 ί 為3〜12之酮、碳原子數為3〜 12之酉日及石反原子數為1〜6之南也 &amp;之鹵代烴的溶劑。醚、g同及酯 71 201219464 ^yioopif 亦可具有環狀結構。具有2個以上醚、g同及醋之官处 即-〇“-CO-及-COO-)之任意者的化合物亦可作為^劑而' 使用。溶劑亦可具有如醇性羥基這樣的其他官能基。於且 有2種以上官能基之溶劑之情形時,其碳原子為任^ 之具有官能基之化合物的規定範圍内即可。 思 碳原子數為3〜12之醚類的例子包括二異丙醚、二甲 氧基曱烧、二曱氧基乙烧、Μ-二》惡燒、ye氧戊環了四 氫呋喃、苯甲醚及苯基乙基醚。 碳原子數為3〜12之酮類的例子包括丙酮、丁酮、二 乙基酮、二異丁基酮、環己酮及曱基環己酮。 碳原子數為3〜12之酯類的例子包括甲酸乙酯、甲酸 丙酯、曱酸戊酯、乙酸甲酯、乙酸乙酯及乙酸戊酯。 具有2種以上官能基之有機溶劑的例子包括乙酸_2-乙氧基乙S旨、2-曱氧基乙醇及2-丁氧基乙醇。 鹵代烴之碳原子數較佳的是1或2,最佳的是丨。鹵代 烴之鹵素較佳的是氣。齒代烴之氫原子被取代為齒素之比 例較佳的是25 mol%〜75 mol%,更佳的是3〇 mol%,進一步更佳的是35 mol%〜65 mol%,最佳的;I: 40 mol%〜60 mol%。作為鹵代烴之例子,可列舉二氯甲姨、 氣仿、氣甲烷、四氯化碳、三氯乙酸、溴化甲烷、碘化/ 千々、三(四)氯乙烯等’較佳的是至少包含二氣肀炼。 於本發明中’進一步較佳的是以3 wt%〜30 wt°/〇之此 例包含不良溶劑(poor solvent),更佳的是以5 wt°/〇—2〇 wt%之比例包含不良溶劑。藉由於上述範圍内包含不艮滲S 69 201219464 j^ioopif Formula (i) 20%SH1S60% Formula (ii) 10%SH2^60% Formula (iii) 5%^H3^45% +二二〇(TM rate + 1〇〇%)/(10) In the case of the retardation ratio j, the MD stretching ratio indicates the stretching ratio (unit: %) in the film conveying direction, and the TD stretching ratio indicates the stretching ratio (unit: %) in the direction orthogonal to the film conveying direction. In the case of using cellulose butyrate or cellulose propionate as the cellulose deuterated, it comprises: blending a cellulose containing a total thiol group with a degree of substitution of 21 to 28 or a cellulose propionate a step of obtaining a film by casting a solution on a metal support; and removing the film from the metal support by satisfying the residual volatile component H1 of the following formula (i); a step of extending 20% to 100% in the film transport direction in a state in which the film satisfies the residual volatile component H2 of the following formula (ii); and peeling the film on the residual volatile component H3 satisfying the following formula (i) The step of extending 35% to 150% in a direction orthogonal to the film transport direction in the state; wherein the extending step satisfies the following formula (iv). Formula (i) 20% SH1$60% Formula (ii) 10% SH2S60〇/o Formula (iii) 5%^H3^45% Formula (iv) (MD stretching ratio + 100%) / (TD stretching ratio 4-100 %) ^〇·7〇 (wherein the MD stretching ratio is expressed as the stretching ratio in the film conveying direction 201219464 jyioopif rate (unit: %), and the TD stretching ratio is expressed as the extension material in the film moving direction (unit is %) The manufacturing method of the present invention will be described below. &lt;Step of Forming Deuterated Cellulose into a Film Form> In the production method of the invention, the cellulose deuterated film is formed into a film shape, and the bath can be formed by a bath casting method, or a film can be formed by using a film. law. It is more preferable to use a method of casting a film by a solution casting method, and it is more preferable to use a method in which a doped stream of a 3-dimensional vitamin and an agent is produced on a support. In the manufacturing method of ΐ二本 =, it is particularly preferable to extend the doping stream onto the branch bud and evaporate the solvent to form a bismuth cellulose film. (Production of dopant) In the production method of the present invention, preferred embodiments of the dopant are described. The towel is not included in the relative surface of the film, and is not particularly limited in the range exemplified by the day of the film of the present invention. In the dopant prepared by the present invention, it is preferable to contain 〇10 wt% to 30 wt% of 〇 纤 纤 素 杂 杂 杂 更 更 更 更 更 丑 丑 丑 丑 丑 丑 丑 wt wt wt wt wt /. . The solvent used in the dopant in the dopant is considered to be silent (4), which is known from the viewpoint of reducing the haze, and preferably comprises a carbon ray selected from 3 to 12 A solvent of a halogenated hydrocarbon having a ketone, a carbon atom number of 3 to 12, and a halogen counter atomic number of 1 to 6 in the south. Ether, g and ester 71 201219464 ^yioopif may also have a cyclic structure. A compound having two or more ethers, g and vinegar, or any of "-CO- and -COO-", may be used as a solvent. The solvent may have other such as an alcoholic hydroxyl group. In the case of a solvent having two or more functional groups, the carbon atom may be within a predetermined range of the compound having a functional group. Examples of the ether having 3 to 12 carbon atoms include Diisopropyl ether, dimethoxy oxime, dimethoxy ethane bromide, bismuth-bis oxalate, ye oxolane tetrahydrofuran, anisole and phenyl ethyl ether. Carbon number is 3~12 Examples of the ketones include acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, diethyl ketone, diisobutyl ketone, cyclohexanone, and decyl cyclohexanone. Examples of the ester having 3 to 12 carbon atoms include ethyl formate and formic acid. Propyl ester, amyl decanoate, methyl acetate, ethyl acetate, and amyl acetate. Examples of the organic solvent having two or more functional groups include acetic acid 2-ethoxyethoxy group, 2-methoxyethanol and 2-butoxyethanol. The number of carbon atoms of the halogenated hydrocarbon is preferably 1 or 2. Most preferably, the halogen of the halogenated hydrocarbon is preferably a gas. The ratio of the sub-substituted to dentate is preferably 25 mol% to 75 mol%, more preferably 3 mol%, still more preferably 35 mol% to 65 mol%, optimal; I: 40 mol %〜60 mol%. Examples of the halogenated hydrocarbons include methylene chloride, gas imitation, methane, carbon tetrachloride, trichloroacetic acid, methyl bromide, iodide/millimeter, and tris(tetra)vinyl chloride. It is preferred to include at least two gas smelting. In the present invention, it is further preferred to include a poor solvent in the case of 3 wt% to 30 wt ° / ,, more preferably 5 The ratio of wt ° / 〇 - 2 〇 wt% contains a poor solvent, because the above range contains no osmosis

72 201219464 在如T傾向而較佳:與酿化纖維素之相容性提高, 務度進一步降低。 门 θ 4Π。卜不良〉谷劑之沸點較佳的是12〇°C以下,更佳的 ί劑。藉錢沸點為12G°C以下,可進一步加快 乾無連度而較佳。作為此種不良溶劑,可列舉甲醇、 丁醇及水作為較佳例,更佳的是曱醇。 、、表θ 由通⑦之方法而調製所述摻雜物。所謂通常之方 〜=&amp;不以〇c以上之溫度(常溫或高溫)而進行處理。 ^調製可使用通常之溶劑料法(―casting 中的摻雜物之調製方法及裝置而實施。摻雜物可 “溫(0°c〜40°c)下對酿化纖維素與溶劑進行擾拌 °。I ^向濃度之溶液亦可於加壓及加熱條件下進行攪 體而言,將醯化纖維素與溶劑放入至加壓容器中而 力=岔封,於加壓下一面加熱至溶劑於常溫下之沸點以上 不彿騰之範圍的溫度一面進行攪拌。加熱溫度通常 ^ Cw_L ’較佳的是6(rc〜20(rc,更佳的是8(rc〜 上id C 〇 各成刀亦可預先進行粗混合然後放入至容器(貯槽等) 且亦可順次投入至谷器中。容器必須以可撥摔之 方式而構成。可注入氮氣等惰性氣體而對容器進行加壓。 ,且’亦可利用藉由加熱溶劑之蒸汽壓之上升。或者,亦 可對容器進行密閉後,於壓力下添加各成分。 於進行城讀料,齡岐自容外部進行加 ”、、。例如,可使用套箱式(jacket type)之加熱裝置。而且, 73 201219464 ^yioopif 之外部設置加熱板’進行配管而使液體循環, 猎此而對容器整體進行加熱。 衣 較佳的是於容n内部設拌翼, =拌壁附近之長度的攪以 到= 為了更新容器壁之液膜,較佳的是設置 考内Ξί Γ!可設置壓力計、溫度計等計量儀器類。於容 =將各成分溶解於溶射。賴製之 自容;或者於取出後使用熱交換器等而進= 亦可猎由冷卻溶解法而調製所述摻雜物。 (製膜步驟) :本&quot;fx月中,較佳的是藉由溶劑洗鑄法, 摻雜物而製造七……巧—卜膜。㈣调製之 製造本發明之膜的方法及設備可使 =素:製造者相同的溶液流延製膜方法及 膜裝置。將由溶解機(爸)而調製之摻雜物 溶液)暫時儲存於儲存爸中,對摻雜物中所含n 泡,進行最終調製。較麵是可娜模 部= 狀,易於使膜厚均一之加壓模具喷== 可較佳地使用任意者。金屬支撐體之表n 提高製膜速度,亦可於金屬支撐體上設置2 了 具’對摻雜物量進行分割而多層進行。或:上力σ壓模 多種摻雜物的共流延法而獲得積層結構之 74 201219464 3yi66pif 佳。 速而疋將擦雜物自換雜物排出口通過例如可夢由轉 ,而向精度喊量送液的加 3如了猎由轉 物均-i型模具之喷嘴(槽口)將換雜 屬支撐體大致轉1Λ運订之流延部的金屬支撐體上,於金 為腹板)自金點,將半乾之摻雜物膜(亦稱 具夾住,葬由如*-芽體剝離。將所得之腹板之兩端以夾 裝置之機輯搬糾細錢,_藉由乾燥 之t 送而結束乾燥’藉由捲取機而捲取規定 變。‘電子二:輥群之乾燥裝置的組合可視需要而改 膜方、=子』4用功能性保護膜t所使用之溶液流延製 電液流延製膜褒置以外,為了底塗層、靜 Z層、防軍光層、保護層等膜之表面加工,多附加塗 於以下對各製造步驟加以簡單的敍述,但並不限定 所。周製之摻雜物較佳的是流延於無邊緣金屬支樓體 例如金屬滾筒(drum)或金屬支樓體(帶或傳送帶) 雜各Ϊ溶劑蒸發而形成膜。流延前之摻雜物較佳的是以纖 置成為10wt%〜35wt%之方式調整濃度。滾筒或帶之 較佳的是預先進行精加工使其成為鏡面狀態。關於溶 鑄法巾之流延及觀方法,於美國專利233631〇號、 '、國專利2367603號、美國專利2492〇78號、美國專利 2攸977號、美國專利2492978號、美國專利謂7〇4號、 美國專利2739069號、美國專利2739〇7〇號、英國專利 75 201219464 ^yioopif 640731號、英國專利736892號之各說明查 ,侧號、曰本專利特公昭=書特 特開昭6〇、ΐ7^ίΜ &amp; It )614 5虎、日本專利 本專利I、日本專卿開昭6〜2G343G號、日 1開昭62_n5G35號之各公報有所記載。 號、日本直^發财可應用日本專利特開2_-301555 7 本專利特開2000-301558號、曰本專刺转 7_03239!號、曰本專利特開平3_193本2特開平 平5-嶋扣號、日本糾_日3 ,專f寺開 專二==本=r55她號、二 各么報中所記載之酿化纖維素製膜技術。 就 或帶 較佳的是於流延後接觸:::==乾燥風。72 201219464 It is better to prefer T: the compatibility with brewed cellulose is improved, and the service is further reduced. The door θ 4Π. Poor > The boiling point of the granule is preferably 12 〇 ° C or less, and more preferably. The boiling point of the borrowed money is below 12G °C, which can further accelerate the dryness and better. As such a poor solvent, methanol, butanol, and water are mentioned as a preferable example, and a sterol is more preferable. The table θ is modulated by the method of pass 7. The so-called normal side ~=& is not treated at a temperature above 〇c (normal temperature or high temperature). ^ Modulation can be carried out using the usual solvent method ("the method and device for the preparation of dopants in casting". The dopant can be used to disturb the brewing cellulose and solvent at "warm (0 °c ~ 40 °c)). Mixing. The solution of the concentration of I ^ can also be stirred under pressure and heating conditions. The cellulose and the solvent are placed in a pressurized container and the force is sealed and heated under pressure. Stirring is carried out until the solvent is at a temperature above the boiling point at normal temperature. The heating temperature is usually ^Cw_L' is preferably 6 (rc~20 (rc, more preferably 8 (rc~ id C 〇) The knives can also be coarsely mixed in advance and then placed in a container (storage tank, etc.) and can be sequentially fed into the hopper. The container must be constructed in a detachable manner. The container can be pressurized by injecting an inert gas such as nitrogen. And , 'the vapor pressure by heating the solvent may be increased. Alternatively, the container may be sealed and the components may be added under pressure. For the reading of the city, the age is added to the outside of the container. For example, a jacket type heating device can be used. And, 73 201219464 ^ yioopif externally set the heating plate 'to carry out the piping to circulate the liquid, and to hunt this to heat the whole container. The clothes are preferably provided inside the mixing wing, = the length of the mixing wall near the mixing To = In order to update the liquid film on the container wall, it is better to set the test tube 温度计 Γ! You can set the gauges such as pressure gauges and thermometers. Yu Rong = dissolve the ingredients in the spray. After the heat exchanger or the like is used, the dopant may be prepared by a cooling dissolution method. (Film forming step): This is preferably a solvent washing method, doping. (7) Modulation of the method and apparatus for producing the film of the present invention can be made by the same solution casting method and film device of the same manufacturer. The prepared dopant solution is temporarily stored in the storage dad, and the n-bubble contained in the dopant is finally prepared. The surface is a Kana mold, which is easy to make the film thickness uniform and the pressure die spray == Any one can be preferably used. Table n of the metal support increases the film forming speed Alternatively, a metal support may be provided with a plurality of layers for doping the amount of dopants, or a co-casting method of a plurality of dopants of the upper force σ stamper to obtain a laminated structure. 201219464 3yi66pif preferably. And 擦 擦 擦 擦 自 自 自 自 自 自 自 自 自 自 自 自 自 自 自 自 自 自 自 自 自 自 自 自 自 自 自 自 自 自 自 自 自 自 自 自 自 自 自 自 自 自 自 自The support body is roughly turned on the metal support of the casting portion of the transfer, and the gold is the web. From the gold point, the semi-dry doping film (also known as the clipped, buried by the *-bud body) The two ends of the obtained web are moved by the machine of the clamp device, and the drying is carried out by the drying of the t. The winding is taken up by the coiler. 'Electronic 2: The combination of the drying device of the roll group can be changed as needed, and the film can be changed. 4) The solution casting used for the functional protective film t is used for the undercoat layer. The surface processing of the film such as the static Z layer, the anti-military layer, and the protective layer is described in the following, and the manufacturing steps are simply described below, but are not limited thereto. The doped dopant is preferably cast on a non-edge metal branch body such as a metal drum or a metal slab (belt or belt). The solvent is evaporated to form a film. The dopant before casting is preferably adjusted in such a manner that the fiber becomes 10 wt% to 35 wt%. Preferably, the drum or belt is pre-finished to have a mirrored state. Regarding the casting and viewing method of the melt-casting method, it is disclosed in U.S. Patent No. 233,631, ', US Patent No. 2,367,603, U.S. Patent No. 2,492,78, U.S. Patent No. 2,977, U.S. Patent No. 2,492,978, U.S. Patent No. No. 4, US Patent No. 2739069, US Patent No. 2739〇7〇, British Patent 75 201219464 ^yioopif 640731, British Patent No. 736892, each side of the description, side number, 曰本专利特公昭=书特特开开昭6〇 Ϊ́7^ίΜ &amp; It ) 614 5 Tiger, Japanese Patent This patent I, Japanese Specialist Kai Chong 6~2G343G, and Japanese 1 Kai Zhao 62_n5G35 are published in each bulletin. No., Japan straight ^ Fa Cai can apply Japanese patent special opening 2_-301555 7 This patent special opening 2000-301558, Sakamoto special thorns turn 7_03239!, 曰本 patent special open flat 3_193 this 2 special open flat 5 - 嶋 buckle No., Japan Correction _ Day 3, special f temple open two == this = r55 her number, two each reported in the brewing cellulose film technology. Preferably, the belt is contacted after casting:::==dry wind.

所得之膜自滾筒或紅心,進亦可將 之間逐次改變严卢之古、θ π g由於iOOC至160〇C 發。以上之方法於Γ曰Γ專皿^而八進/乾燥,使殘留溶劑蒸 記載。藉由該方法,可缩短二延::844號公報中有所 =:必須於流延時之滚筒或帶之表面溫度下= 本發明之製造綠魏的是使_ 取代度相互不同之2種以上摻雜物作為所述摻 76 201219464 摻雜物共流延於支撐體上。 次流=發; 低生是及減 首先調製各層用二行製造之情形時’ *TT , 各層’於適當之時期自支撐鲈μ立丨 下,加以乾燥而成形膜之流延法。 上剝 逐次流延法是藉由於流延 3用摻雜物自流延用成型機壓出而用 或並不進仃乾燥,於其上自流延用成型機壓出第2 Ζ乾燥 延、積層至第?=之===將摻雜物流 加以乾燥而形成膜的流法 體上剥下’ 法於胺μι 常是藉由溶液眩 ^於膜上而成形芯層膜,調製 膜 使用適當之塗佈機,於每個單面或者兩佈液, 塗佈塗佈液並加以乾燥而形成積層結構之膜的;法於膜上 (剝下) 剝離位置將於金屬支樓體上使溶劑蒸發而成之腹板 ^ 。將所剝離之腹板送至隨後之步驟。 # 於剝離之時間點的腹板之殘留揮發成分(下述式)過大若 77 if 201219464The obtained film can be changed from the drum or the red heart to the ruthenium, and θ π g is emitted from iOOC to 160 〇C. The above method is carried out in a special dish and dried/dryed, and the residual solvent is steamed. According to this method, the second extension can be shortened by the following: No. 844: = must be at the surface temperature of the roller or the belt at the time of the flow = the green wei of the present invention is two or more different _ degrees of substitution The dopant is co-cast on the support as the doped 76 201219464 dopant. Secondary flow = hair; low birth and minus First, when each layer is made of two rows, '*TT, each layer' is self-supporting at a suitable time and dried to form a film casting method. The upper stripping and casting method is performed by casting the dopant with a dopant from a casting machine with or without drying, and then casting the second crucible by a molding machine, and laminating the layer to The first ==== The stripping process is performed by drying the doping stream to form a film. The method is to form a core film by diluting the solution onto the film, and modulating the film using a suitable coating. a cloth machine, coated with a coating liquid on each single side or two cloths, and dried to form a film of a laminated structure; the film is peeled off on the film (the peeling) to evaporate the solvent on the metal branch body Into the web ^. The stripped web is sent to the subsequent step. # The residual volatile component of the web at the time of stripping (the following formula) is too large. 77 if 201219464

l UUP 則難以剝離,·相反若於金屬支撐體上過於 將其剝離,則會造成於途中腹板之-部分制落 後 ^處^賴轉膜速紅方法(可藉由域留溶劑 ^二^仃剝離而提⑧製膜速度),存在有凝滕流延 ί Μ,鱗)°例如,存在有··於摻雜物中添加醯化纖維 劑,於摻雜物流延後進行凝膠化之方法;降低 3支=之溫度而進行凝膠化之方法等。藉由於金屬支 其凝膠化而提高剝離時之膜之強度,可加速剝離 而提咼製膜速度。 幸父佳的是根據乾燥條件之強弱、金屬支樓體之長度等 ,金屬支魏上之腹板獅時之殘留溶劑量為5感〜 =%之範圍内進行剝離,於殘留溶劑量更多之時間點 離之情形時’兼顧經濟速度與品質而決定剝離時之 2溶劑量。於本發明中’較佳的是將該金屬支撐體上之 ^離位置的溫度設為_5(rc〜贼,更料是邮〜贼, 敢佳的是15°C〜3〇ΐ。 本發明之製造方法不管醯化纖維素之義為何,均包 由滿足下述式⑴之殘留揮發成分m將所述膜自金 鸯支撐體上剝下的步驟。 式(i) 20%SH1$60o/〇 所述HI較佳的是22%〜55%,特佳的是25%〜45%。 殘留溶劑量可以下述式而表示。 殘留溶劑量(wt%) = {(M-N) /N} χίοο 此處,Μ是腹板之任意時間點的重量,N是將重量為 201219464 μ者於iurc下乾燥3小時之時的重量。 (daneeFmeehanism)之張力控制) 方位的不二自改善膜長邊方向之遲相軸 流㈣縣置,於將所述膜自所述 機構控制對該膜伸步驟之前之間,使用跳動 進而=藉由具有跳_da一)之繼 進仃控制而將断賴之張力保持為固定量。 以下ir种之利雜動機構之張力控制並不特別限定於 送嫌^於本發明之製造方法中,較佳的S於滾筒或傳 2上進仃乾燥、_之驗(膜)於後述之延伸步驟之 如圖1或圖2所示那樣配置的輥群,一面可變地驅 =動機構崎賴所施加之張力距難之特定中心值之 批並不大,-面進行搬送。而且,此種跳動機構之張力 ^制部較_是設料舰伸步敎裝置讀,於乾燥步 ^前^後均可。財,於後叙延伸步财使用拉幅 機去之情較佳的是-面藉由拉幅機而把持膜兩端, —面進行m定轉,-φ使職膜賴,亦即,較佳 將膜自流延製膜裝置之滾筒或帶上剝下之後,於乾燥步驟 之前於膜軟膜之狀態下通過利用跳動機構之張力控制部。 作為此種跳動機構,可使用公知之裝置,特別是 舉圖1及圖2中所記載之跳動機構1〇。圖2是可於本發明 中較佳地使用之跳動機構1G之概略圖。跳動機構1〇包x含. 79 201219464 跳動輥11,導輥17a π干比ν桃鄆孕昆11上所負荷 之載重之控_荷重控制裝置(跳動裳置負荷控制部)⑴ =跳動輥Π之位置的角度檢測器(跳動裝置位置檢測感 = η㈣中上下方向移動自由地安裳於導 膣二、導輥17b之間。而且’對自剝下滾筒21所剝下之 、j腹^)軟膜24所施加之張力的大小由跳動親u上所 負何之載重的大小而決定。 加之:!!!下滾筒21上所剝下之膜(腹板)軟臈24所施 白^小較佳的是0 N〜300 N之範圍内。而且,對 大^的:上所剝下之膜(腹板)軟膜所施加之張力的 大小的變純佳的是所設定之張力之中心值±則以下的 氣缸何重控制方法可為如下之任意方法:⑴利用 載重量:地2:荷(重下之膜相接之侧的相反侧承 器)稭由角度檢測11 (跳練置位置檢測感測 11 ^而且’作為基於該位置 方動輥11之響應控制之方法,可為如下之任意 之方法,裝置上升、下降時使拉幅機驅動增減速 始1亦可藉由將^^裝置之荷重的方法。例如,跳動 延伸步驟+而^動機構後之步驟中的搬送速度(例如於 延伸3二r拉幅機襄置把持膜’一面進行搬送及 桃動輥11保持於機驅動速度)增減速來控制,以將 中間位署。〜1、於其可移動之上限位置與下限位置之間的 置例如’於跳動輥11自中立位置向下限方向移動 201219464 時’藉由加快拉幅機驅動速度,可使跳動輥η返回至中立 位置。 作為自流涎製膜裝置之滚筒或帶上所剝下之膜,其溫 度越高則越變柔軟。因此’於本發明中,較佳的是使跳動 裝置部分之溫度為25°C〜l〇〇°C之範圍内,較佳的是於此 種溫度範圍内中,以使對自剝下滾筒21所剝下之膜(腹板) 軟膜24所施加之張力的大小變動成為所設定之張力的中 心值±30 N以下的範圍内之方式,設定跳動親u所負荷之 載重的大小。 自剝下滾筒21所剝下之膜(腹板)軟膜24的表面溫 度可藉由配置於剝下滾筒21與跳動機構10之間,與測定 膜之表面溫度的溫度測定用探針相連接之溫度感測器14 而測疋。另外,作為溫度測定用探針,若為不傷及搬送中 之膜之表面者,财使用任意形狀及材質之探針。而且, 本發明中,圖2之溫度感測器14之位置並不限定於此,例 士亦了配置於跳動機構10之上游側之其他位置。 以上之利用跳動機構之張力控制部的各部之控制 ,繼(未圖示)而進行。作為系統控制器,“ 齡截日本專利特開2齡3_19號公報之段落_41]中 統控制器’可總括控制膜製造設備之動作。於 (未圖示)上連接有例如驅動馬達(未: 角度檢測器12、用於 板(耒圖,圖不)、溫度感測器14、操作面 不)專。系統控制器可以如下方式而調整拉幅機 81 201219464 裝置23之驅動速度:基於經由操作面 鲈果細負何載重’並且基於角度檢測器12之位置檢測 工制驅動馬達(未圖示),將跳動觀11保持為較佳 溫卜’系㈣可基於溫度感測器14之膜表面 =Γ=、。果,控制用於控制風溫度的控制部(未圖示), &amp;即政風機(air blower)(未圖示)所吹出之暖風之溫 …另外,此種利用跳動機構之張力控制部於圖丨中在臈 ,送路,上設置i處,但本發明並不限定於此種態樣,亦 可與搬送路徑之長度對應而設置2處以上。而且,例如於 曰本專利特開2005-306019號公報中所記載那樣,跳動機 構亦可與吸筒(suction drum)併用。 、對在滾筒或傳送帶上進行乾燥、剝離之腹板的乾燥方 法加以鼓述。較佳的是於滾筒或傳送帶轉1周之前的剝離 位置所剝離之腹板藉由如下方式而搬送:交互地通過配置 為鑛齒狀之輥群而進行搬送的方法或藉由夹具等把持住所 剝離之腹板之兩端而非接觸性地進行搬送的方法等。 本發明之製造方法中,於自所述剝下步驟至所述延伸 步驟的過渡部分中,較佳的是所述膜通過3根以上之至少 繞角為60。以上之路徑輥,更佳的是通過5根以上之路徑 輥,特佳的是通過7根〜51根之路徑輥。而真,本發明之 製造方法中,如上所述,較佳的是所述繞角為60。以上之 路徑輥包含至少1根跳動裝置,較佳的是所述跳動裝置為 82 201219464 iyibOpif l根。另外’此處所謂之跳動裝置亦包含圖2之i7a或m 中所記載之導輥,較佳的是於圖丨及圖2中,於自導報m 至延伸裝置23之間,通過上述根數以上之至少繞角為6〇。 以上之路魏。另外,本朗書中所謂之繞肢表示將膜 圍繞輥之圓弧區域與輥中連結而成之中,。角的大小,例 如於膜通過完全配置㈣齒狀之輥之情形時的 180 度。 乾燥可藉由如下方法而進行:對搬送中之腹板(膜) ,兩個面吹規定溫度之風的方法或者使賴波等加熱機構 等的方法。急速之乾燥存在損&amp;所形成之膜的平面性之 虞因此車乂佳的疋於乾燥之初始階段中,藉由溶劑並不發 泡之程度的溫度it行賴,於賴進行肢冑溫下進行乾 燥。於自紐體上娜之後的賴步财,自於溶劑之蒸 發/而造^於長邊方向或寬度方向上㈣。越於高溫度下 進行乾燥躲縮越變A。於使所製成之膜之平面性良好之 =面考慮,較佳的是一面儘可能地抑制該收縮一面進行乾 燥。自這一點考慮,例如較佳的是如日本專利特開昭 62-46625號公報中所示那樣面於寬度方向上藉由夾具 或銷(Pin)對腹板之寬邊兩端進行寬度保持,一面進行乾 燥之整個步驟或部分步驟的方法(拉幅方式)。上述乾燥步 驟:之乾燥溫度較佳的是nc〜145ι。乾燥溫度、乾燥 風量及乾燥時間因所使用之溶劑而不同,可根據使用溶劑 之種類、組合而適宜選擇。 作為本發明之製造方法,自減低膜長邊方向之遲相軸 83 201219464 ^yioopif 藉由拉幅機而進行 且滿足下述式 式(V) Wx30$LgWx2 (罝^中\L表示自所述剝下步驟至所述拉幅機之距離 太路日7制〜表示所剝下之膜的寬度(單位為mm)。) 心从^之I造方法更佳的是滿足Wx28^L^Wx2 5, 特佳的是滿足Wx25-L2Wx3。 (延伸步驟) )發明之膜之製造中,包括對自支撑體上所剝離之 膜)進舰伸的步驟。⑴使用乙g_維素作為醯 化纖、准素之飾與(2 )㈣讀齡素或㈣纖維素作為 醯化纖維素之情形的較佳之範财同,因此於以下順次加 以說明。 (1)使用乙酸纖維素作為醯化纖維素之情形 本發明之製造方法於使用乙酸纖維素作為醯化纖維素 之情形時,包括:將所剝下之膜於滿足下述式(ii)之殘 留揮發成分H2之狀態下沿膜搬送方向延伸 5%〜100%之 步驟;將所剝下之膜於滿足下述式(〇之殘留揮發成分 H3之狀態下沿與膜搬送方向正交之方向延伸20%〜150% 延伸之步驟;其特徵在於··所述延伸步驟滿足下述式(iv)。 式(ϋ) 10%^H2^60% 式(iii) 5%^H3^45°/〇 式(iv) (MD延伸倍率+ 100%) / (TD延伸倍率 201219464 jyioopif + 100%) ^0.70 …。(式中,MD延伸倍率表示於膜搬送方向上之延伸倍 率(單位為%) ’ TD延伸倍率表示於與膜搬送方向正交之 方向上之延伸倍率(單位為%)。) 、、於使用乙酸纖維素作為醯化纖維素之情形時,於膜搬 送方向上之延伸的延伸倍率較佳的是5%〜25%,更 8%〜22%。 、另外,此處所謂「延伸倍率(%)」是表示由以下式而 求出者。 延伸倍率(%) =l〇〇x {(延伸後之長度)_ (延伸 之長度)}/延伸前之長度 於膜搬送方向上延伸腹板之方法並無特別限定。例如 可列舉:料她施加關速度差,於制湘輥圓周速 度差而於縱方向上進行延伸的方法;將腹板之兩端以夫具 或銷進行S1定,使纽或狀間隔沿行進方向擴寬而於縱 方向上進行延伸的方法;或縱制時擴寬而於縱橫兩個方 向上進行延伸的方法等。當然,該些方法亦可組合使用。 而且’於所謂之拉賴法之情科,若藉由線性驅動方式 而驅動夾具部分,财進行·之延伸,可減少破斷等之 危險性而較佳。賴於縱方向上之延伸較朗是使用具有 2個炎輕之裝置’使出σ側之夾輥的旋轉速度快於入口側 之夾輥的旋轉速度’於搬送方向(縱方向)上較佳地延伸 醯化纖維雜。藉由進行此種延伸,亦可調整延遲之表現 85 201219464 j^iuupif 而且,此時所述H2較佳的是20%〜55%,更佳的是 25%〜50%。 若腹板中之殘留揮發成分過多,則無法獲得延伸之效 果,而且若過少,則延伸明顯變困難,且存在產生腹板之 破斷的情形。 本毛明之製方法較佳的是一面將拉力變動值控制為 不足10 N/m之狀態,一面進行所述膜搬送方向上之延伸, 更佳的是控制為不足8 N/m,特佳的是控制為〇 N/m〜6 N/m。 、於使用乙酸纖維素作為醯化纖維素之情形時,盒膜搬 送方向正交之方向上的延伸之延伸倍率較佳的是^5%〜 60% ’更佳的是20%〜5〇%。 別t H搬送方向正交之方向上延伸腹㈣方法並無」 (疋。列σ可列舉:將腹板之兩端以夾具或銷進行固定 ^或叙咖於橫方向上擴寬而於橫方向上進行延&gt; 夕古L*,或者崎同時縱橫兩财向上進行延1 夕μ等°§然’該些方法亦可組合使用。而且,於所3 科’若射紐轉料㈣動失具; 於本杯明^/1利之延伸,可減少破斷等之危險性而較佳 、χ月中,作為於與臈搬送方向正交之方向上 的方法’較佳的是使用拉刪置而=顺. ι〇%ϋ%此時較佳的是所述Η3為8%〜40%,更佳的』 板中之殘留揮發成分過多則無法獲得延伸之贫l UUP is difficult to peel off. · Conversely, if it is peeled off too much on the metal support, it will cause the film to be behind the film on the way.仃 仃 而 8 制 制 制 制 制 制 制 制 ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° Method; a method of reducing gelation by 3 temperatures = and the like. By increasing the strength of the film at the time of peeling due to gelation of the metal branch, the peeling can be accelerated to increase the film forming speed. Fortunately, the father is better than the strength of the drying conditions, the length of the metal branch body, etc., the amount of residual solvent in the metal stalks of Weishang is 5 sense ~ =% within the range of peeling, the amount of residual solvent is more When the time is left, the amount of solvent in the case of peeling is determined by taking into consideration the economic speed and quality. In the present invention, it is preferable to set the temperature of the metal support body to a position of _5 (rc~thief, more preferably a post-thief, and a good one is 15 ° C to 3 〇ΐ. The manufacturing method of the invention is a step of peeling the film from the metal ruthenium support by the residual volatile component m satisfying the following formula (1) regardless of the meaning of the fluorinated cellulose. Formula (i) 20% SH1$60o The HI is preferably 22% to 55%, particularly preferably 25% to 45%. The amount of residual solvent can be expressed by the following formula: Residual solvent amount (wt%) = {(MN) / N} Χίοο Here, Μ is the weight of the web at any point in time, and N is the weight when the weight is 201219464 μ when dried under iurc for 3 hours. (DaneeFmeehanism) Tension Control) The orientation of the self-improving film long side The direction of the late phase axial flow (4) county, between the control of the film from the mechanism before the film stretching step, using the beating and then = by jumping with _da a) The tension is maintained at a fixed amount. The tension control of the following ir-type moiré mechanism is not particularly limited to the manufacturing method of the present invention, and the preferred S is to be dried on the drum or the second, and the test (film) is described later. The roll group arranged as shown in Fig. 1 or Fig. 2 in the extending step is variably driven, and the number of the specific center value of the tension applied by the moving mechanism is not large, and the surface is transported. Moreover, the tension of the type of the beating mechanism is more than that of the device, and can be read after the drying step. In the post-Syrian extension, it is better to use the tenter to extend the step-by-step. The face is held by the tenter and the face is m-turned, and the -φ is used to make the film, that is, After the film is peeled off from the roll or belt of the cast film forming apparatus, the tension control portion of the beating mechanism is used in the state of the film soft film before the drying step. As such a bounce mechanism, a known device can be used, and in particular, the bounce mechanism 1A shown in Figs. 1 and 2 can be used. Fig. 2 is a schematic view of a pulsating mechanism 1G which can be preferably used in the present invention. Bounce mechanism 1 bag x contains. 79 201219464 Bounce roller 11, guide roller 17a π dry ratio ν peach 郓 昆 昆 11 11 load load control _ load control device (jumping load control unit) (1) = jump roller Π The angle detector at the position (the pulsation device position detection sense = η (4) moves up and down in the up and down direction between the guide roller 2 and the guide roller 17b. And 'the peeled off the self-peeling roller 21, j belly ^) The magnitude of the tension applied by the soft film 24 is determined by the magnitude of the load carried by the beating pro. Plus:! The film (web) peeled off on the lower drum 21 is preferably applied in the range of 0 N to 300 N. Further, it is preferable that the magnitude of the tension applied to the film (web) which is peeled off is the center value of the set tension, and the following method of controlling the cylinder weight may be as follows. Any method: (1) Using the load weight: ground 2: load (the opposite side bearing on the side where the film is connected) the straw is detected by the angle 11 (the position detection sensing 11 ^ and the 'being as the position based on the position The method for controlling the response of the roller 11 may be any of the following methods: the device for increasing or decreasing the amplitude of the tenter drive when the device is raised or lowered, or by the method of loading the device. For example, the jump extension step + The conveyance speed in the step after the movement mechanism (for example, the conveyance is performed while the extension 3 2r tenter is holding the grip film, and the rotation roller 11 is held at the machine drive speed) is controlled to increase and decelerate to control the intermediate position. 〜1, when between the upper limit position and the lower limit position of the movable position, for example, 'when the dancer roller 11 moves from the neutral position to the lower limit direction 201219464', the bounce roller η can be returned to neutral by speeding up the tenter drive speed Position as a self-flowing film The film which is peeled off on the drum or the belt is softened as the temperature is higher. Therefore, in the present invention, it is preferred that the temperature of the beating device portion is in the range of 25 ° C to 10 ° C. In the temperature range, it is preferable that the magnitude of the tension applied to the film (web) soft film 24 peeled off from the peeling roller 21 becomes the center value of the set tension ± 30 The size of the load to be loaded by the bouncer is set in a range of N or less. The surface temperature of the film (web) film 24 peeled off by the peeling roller 21 can be disposed on the peeling roller 21 and the bounce mechanism. Between 10 and 10, the temperature sensor 14 connected to the temperature measuring probe for measuring the surface temperature of the film is used for measurement. Further, as the temperature measuring probe, if the surface of the film is not damaged, The probe of any shape and material is used. In the present invention, the position of the temperature sensor 14 of Fig. 2 is not limited thereto, and the case is also disposed at another position on the upstream side of the pulsating mechanism 10. Controlling the various parts of the tension control unit of the beating mechanism, It is carried out (not shown). As a system controller, the "system controller" of the "System of the Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2, No. 3_19" can collectively control the operation of the film manufacturing equipment. The upper part is connected with, for example, a drive motor (not: the angle detector 12, for the board (not shown), the temperature sensor 14, the operation surface is not). The system controller can adjust the tenter 81 as follows. 201219464 Driving speed of the device 23: based on the load of the load on the operating surface, and based on the position detecting drive motor (not shown) of the angle detector 12, the beat view 11 is maintained as a better temperature system (4) The control unit (not shown) for controlling the temperature of the wind can be controlled based on the film surface of the temperature sensor 14 = Γ = , and the air blower (not shown) can be blown out. In addition, the tension control unit using the pulsating mechanism is provided in the 臈, the way of the ,, and the i is provided in the drawing, but the present invention is not limited to this aspect, and may also be the length of the transport path. Two or more are set correspondingly. Further, as described in Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. 2005-306019, the jumper mechanism can also be used in combination with a suction drum. The method of drying the web which is dried and peeled off on a drum or a conveyor belt is described. Preferably, the web which is peeled off at the peeling position before the drum or the belt is rotated one week is conveyed by: a method of carrying the conveyance by the roller group arranged in the form of a mineral tooth or holding the holder by a jig or the like A method of transporting both ends of the peeled web, not by contact. In the production method of the present invention, in the transition portion from the stripping step to the stretching step, it is preferred that the film passes through at least three or more of the angles of 60. Preferably, the path roller above passes through more than 5 path rollers, and particularly preferably passes through 7 to 51 path rollers. Indeed, in the manufacturing method of the present invention, as described above, it is preferable that the wrap angle is 60. The above path roller comprises at least one bouncer, preferably the bouncer is 82 201219464 iyibOpif l root. In addition, the term "bounce device" as used herein also includes the guide roller described in i7a or m of Fig. 2, preferably in Fig. 2 and Fig. 2, between the self-guided m and the extension device 23, through the above-mentioned number The above at least the corner angle is 6 〇. The road above is Wei. In addition, the so-called limbs in this book indicate that the film is connected to the roller in the arc area around the roller. The size of the corners, for example, 180 degrees when the film passes through a fully configured (four) toothed roll. The drying can be carried out by a method of blowing a wind at a predetermined temperature on the web (film) in the conveyance, or a heating means such as a Laibo. Rapid drying damages the film's planarity. Therefore, the ruthlessness of the ruthenium is better than the temperature at which the solvent does not foam. Dry down. Lai Bucai after the self-supplement of the body, from the evaporation of the solvent / in the direction of the long side or width (four). The higher the temperature, the lower the drying and the shrinkage. In view of the fact that the planarity of the film to be formed is good, it is preferable to dry while suppressing the shrinkage as much as possible. In view of this, it is preferable to maintain the width of both ends of the wide side of the web by a jig or a pin in the width direction as shown in Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. Sho 62-46625, for example. The method of performing the entire step of drying or part of the step (triangulation). In the above drying step, the drying temperature is preferably nc~145. The drying temperature, the drying air amount, and the drying time vary depending on the solvent to be used, and can be appropriately selected depending on the type and combination of the solvent to be used. As a manufacturing method of the present invention, the retardation axis 83 from the long side direction of the film is reduced by the tenter and satisfies the following formula (V) Wx30$LgWx2 (罝^中\L indicates from the above The stripping step to the tenter is too long. The length of the film is 7 (the unit is mm).) The method of making the heart from the ^ is better to satisfy Wx28^L^Wx2 5 It is especially good to satisfy Wx25-L2Wx3. (Extension step) The step of producing the film of the invention includes the step of stretching the film which is peeled off from the support. (1) The use of B g-vitamin as a preferred embodiment of the chemical fiber, the elemental decoration, and (2) (4) the age-preserving or (4) cellulose as the cellulose-defluorinated material is described below. (1) In the case where cellulose acetate is used as the deuterated cellulose, the production method of the present invention, when cellulose acetate is used as the deuterated cellulose, includes: the film to be peeled off satisfies the following formula (ii) The step of extending the volatile component H2 in the film transport direction by 5% to 100%; and the peeled film is in a direction orthogonal to the film transport direction in a state in which the residual volatile component H3 of the crucible is satisfied. a step of extending from 20% to 150%; characterized in that the extension step satisfies the following formula (iv): Formula (ϋ) 10%^H2^60% Formula (iii) 5%^H3^45°/ Formula (iv) (MD stretching ratio + 100%) / (TD stretching ratio 201219464 jyioopif + 100%) ^0.70 ... (wherein, MD stretching magnification indicates the stretching ratio in the film conveying direction (unit: %)' The TD stretching ratio is expressed as a stretching ratio (unit: %) in a direction orthogonal to the film conveying direction.) When the cellulose acetate is used as the cellulose hydride, the stretching ratio in the film conveying direction is extended. Preferably, it is 5% to 25%, more preferably 8% to 22%. In addition, here, the "stretch ratio" %)" means the one obtained by the following formula: Extension ratio (%) = l〇〇x {(length after extension) _ (length of extension)} / length before extension extends in the film transport direction The method is not particularly limited, and for example, a method in which a difference in the speed of the closing of the roller is applied to the circumferential speed difference of the heating roller in the longitudinal direction is performed, and the both ends of the web are fixed by S1 or the pin. a method of widening the ridge or the interval in the traveling direction and extending in the longitudinal direction; or a method of expanding in the longitudinal direction and the transverse direction in the case of the vertical stretching, etc. Of course, the methods may be used in combination. In the case of the so-called Lai Law, if the fixture part is driven by the linear driving method, the extension of the financial operation can reduce the risk of breaking, etc., and the extension in the vertical direction is more It is preferable to extend the deuterated fiber in the conveying direction (longitudinal direction) by using a device having two light means 'the rotation speed of the nip roller on the σ side is faster than the rotation speed of the nip roller on the inlet side. This extension can also adjust the performance of the delay 85 201219464 j^iuupif Moreover, at this time, H2 is preferably 20% to 55%, more preferably 25% to 50%. If there are too many residual volatile components in the web, the effect of stretching cannot be obtained, and if If the amount is too small, the elongation becomes difficult, and there is a case where the web is broken. The method of the present invention is preferably to control the film transport direction while controlling the tensile force variation value to less than 10 N/m. Preferably, the control is less than 8 N/m, and the control is preferably 〇N/m~6 N/m. When using cellulose acetate as the cellulose hydride, the film is transported. The stretching ratio of the extension in the direction orthogonal to the direction is preferably from 5% to 60%', more preferably from 20% to 5%. It is not necessary to extend the abdomen in the direction orthogonal to the direction of transport (4). (疋. The list σ can be listed as: fixing the ends of the web by clamps or pins or expanding the width in the horizontal direction. The direction is extended &gt; 夕古 L*, or Saki at the same time, the vertical and horizontal two financial upwards are extended by 1 μμ, etc. § 然 'These methods can also be combined. Also, in the 3 section 'If the injection of the material (4) Loss; In the extension of this cup, it can reduce the risk of breakage, etc., and it is better, in the middle of the month, as a method in the direction orthogonal to the direction of transport of the crucible, it is better to use the deletion置 = 顺 〇 此时 此时 此时 此时 此时 此时 此时 为 为 为 为 为 为 为 为 为 为 为 为 为 为 为 为 为 为 为 为 为 为 为 为 为 为 为 为 为

86 201219464 jyioopif ,,而且,若過少則延伸明顯變困難,存在產生腹板之破 斷之情形。 本發明之製造方法可藉由控制延伸倍率比以使MD延 伸倍率與TD延伸倍率滿足下述式(iv),從而改善膜彈性 模數。 式(iv) (MD延伸倍率+ i〇0%) / (TD延神 + 100%) ^〇.7〇 〈甲借丰 j式中,MD延伸倍率表示於膜搬送方向上之延伸倍 率(單位為%)’ TD延伸倍率表示於與膜搬送方向正交之 方向上的延伸倍率(單位為❶/。)。) 而且,於膜寬度方向上進行延伸之情形時,存在於寬 邊上折射率會產生分布之情形。此現象例如於使用拉幅機 法之情形時可見,—般認為這是因在寬度方向上進行延伸 導致膜中央部產生收縮力,而端部卻被ϋ定所產生之現 象,被稱為所謂之曲折(b〇wing)現象。於此情形時,藉 由於流延方向上進行延伸,可抑制曲折現象,可進行改善 以使寬邊之相位差分布較少。另外,可減少藉由於相互正 交之雙軸方向進概伸*所得謂_厚變化。若酿化纖 維素膜之膜厚變動過A,_位差㈣不均。醯化纖維素 膜之膜厚,#動較佳的;^±3%的範目,更佳的是±1%的範 圍。於如上所述之目的中,以滿足式(iv)之方式而於相 互正父之雙軸方向上進行延伸之方法亦有效。 。於本發明之製造方法#,較佳的是延伸溫度為86 201219464 jyioopif , and, if too little, the extension becomes obviously difficult, and there is a situation in which the web is broken. The manufacturing method of the present invention can improve the film elastic modulus by controlling the stretching ratio ratio so that the MD stretching ratio and the TD stretching ratio satisfy the following formula (iv). Formula (iv) (MD stretching ratio + i〇0%) / (TD extension + 100%) ^〇.7〇 In the case of A, the MD stretching ratio indicates the stretching ratio in the film conveying direction (unit The % TD stretching ratio is expressed as a stretching ratio (unit: ❶/.) in a direction orthogonal to the film conveying direction. Further, in the case of extending in the film width direction, there is a case where the refractive index is distributed on the wide side. This phenomenon can be seen, for example, when the tenter method is used, and it is generally considered that this is caused by the fact that the extension in the width direction causes the contraction force at the central portion of the film, and the end portion is deprecated. The phenomenon of b〇wing. In this case, by extending in the casting direction, the meandering phenomenon can be suppressed, and the improvement can be made so that the phase difference distribution of the wide sides is small. In addition, it is possible to reduce the thickness variation obtained by the extension of the biaxial directions which are orthogonal to each other. If the film thickness of the brewing cellulose film changes by A, the _ position difference (four) is uneven. The film thickness of the deuterated cellulose film is preferably a dynamic range of ± 3%, more preferably ± 1%. For the purpose as described above, the method of extending in the biaxial directions of the mutually positive fathers in a manner satisfying the formula (iv) is also effective. . In the manufacturing method # of the present invention, it is preferred that the extension temperature is

Te + 30°C以下,其中, 87 201219464 ^vioopif 延伸溫度STe + 30°C (I)Te + 30 ° C or less, of which 87 201219464 ^vioopif extended temperature STe + 30 ° C (I)

Te=T[tan5]-ATm (II) △Tm = Tm (0) -Tm (x) (in) (於式(II)中,Τ〇ηδ]表示於測定殘留溶劑量為〇% 時之醯化纖維素的動態黏彈性tanS時,tan5顯示為峰值之 溫度,Tm(0)表示殘留溶劑量為0%時的醯化纖維素之結 晶熔融溫度,Tm (X)表示相對於該醯化纖維素之殘留^ 劑量為X%時的醯化纖維素之結晶炫融溫度。)。 以下,亦將於此種溫度範圍之延伸稱為低溫延伸。藉 由對形成為膜狀之膜進行低溫延伸,可不增加本發明之^ 之膜厚地提高Rth表現性,亦即可進一步提高Rth (55〇)、 /d ’因此較佳。雖然不拘泥於任何理論,但於所述低溫延 伸中,延射之聚合物或添加冑彳之配向較高溫延伸時難以 變大,因此可並不使Rth降低地表現Re。所述延伸溫度更 ^的是Te·贼〜Te°C。於難送方向±進行延伸之情形 於膜寬度方向上進行延伸之情形時,較佳之範圍亦相 同0 (2)使訂酸齡素或㈣纖維素作為醯化纖維素之 情形 ^發明之製造方法於使用丁酸纖維素或丙酸纖維素之 包括:將所剝下之膜於滿足所述式㈤之殘留 ,、H2之狀4下沿膜搬送方向延伸2〇%〜1〇()%之步 所剝下之膜於滿足所述式⑴之殘留揮發成分H3 〜下沿與膜搬送方向正交之方向延伸2G%〜丨5〇%之 88 201219464 jyioopif 步驟,其特徵在於.·所輕伸步料足崎式㈤。 ㈣於酸纖維素或丙酸纖維素作為醯化纖維素之情 20%' /、;、搬送方向上之延伸的延伸倍率較佳的是 6〇%,更佳的是25%〜45%。 ㈣疋 於使用T酸纖維素*丙酸纖維素作為醯化纖維素之情 s t膜搬达方向正交之方向上的延伸之延伸倍率較 佳的疋38/°〜8G%,更佳的是4G%〜60〇/〇。 $外’於使用丁酸纖維素或丙酸纖維素作為醯化纖維 二^月开满纟他延伸條件之較佳範圍與使用乙酸纖維素 作為醯化纖維素之情形相同。 (熱處理步驟) 本發明之膜之製造方法亦可於乾燥步驟結束後設置如 士所述之熱處理倾。賴處理步射之熱處理於乾燥步 驟結束後進脚可,可於延伸/乾料職立即進行,或者 亦可於乾辭驟結束錢由後述之方法而暫賴取之後, 另外僅設置熱處理步驟。 熱處理可藉由如下方法而進行:對搬送中之膜吹規定 溫度之風的方法或者使用微波等加熱手段等的方法。 s熱處理較佳的是於15(TC〜20(TC之溫度下進行,更佳 ,是於160 C〜180。。之溫度下進行。❿且,熱處理較佳的 疋進行1分鐘〜2〇分鐘,更佳的是進行5分鐘〜1〇分鐘。 (捲取) 對所付之膜進行捲取之捲取機可使用通常所使用之捲 取機’可藉由定拉力法、定扭矩法、錐度張力(taper tensi〇n ) 89 201219464 jyioopif 法、内部應力固定之程式張力控制法轉取方法而進行捲 取。如上所述而所得之醯化纖維素膜輥較佳的是膜之遲相 轴方向相對於捲取方向(膜之長邊方向)而言為±2度之範 圍’更佳的是士1度之範圍。或者,較佳的是相對於捲取方 向而言,相對於直角方向(膜之寬度方向)而言為±2度之 範圍,更佳的是±1度之範圍。特佳的是膜之遲相轴方向相 對於捲取方向(膜之長邊方向)而言為±01度以内。或者, 特佳的是相對於膜之寬邊方向而言為±01度以内。 (殘留揮發成分) 作為藉由以上之本發明之膜的製造方法而所得之醯化 纖維素膜,於獲得尺寸穩定性良好之膜之方面而言,較佳 的是最終精加工膜之殘留揮發成分為i wt%以下,更佳的 是0.2 wt%以下。 另外,於本發明之製造方法中亦可包括一面線内檢測 膜長手方法之遲相軸方位,一面製造膜的步驟。此情形時 之較佳態樣與作為線内求出本發明之膜之膜長手方法之遲 相軸方位的標準偏差而所述之態樣相同。 &lt;偏光板&gt; 本發明之偏光板之特徵在於包含偏光元件與本 醯化纖維素膜。 本發明之膜由於膜光學特性良好,膜彈性模數亦 好’因此可較佳地用於偏光板用保護膜中。而且,本韻^曰= 之膜由於面狀良好,於偏光板正交偏光下觀察膜面狀日^ = 不均較少,因此適用於偏光板用保護膜。偏光板可藉由於 201219464 ^yioopif 偏光元件之至少一面貼合積層保護膜而形成。偏光元件可 使用先前公知之偏光元件,例如將如聚乙烯醇膜這樣的親 水性聚合物膜,用如蛾這樣的二色性染料進行處理並加以 延伸而成者。醯化纖維素膜與偏光元件之貼合並無特別限 • 定,可藉由包含水溶性聚合物水溶液的黏著劑而進行。該 水洛性聚合物黏著劑可較佳地使用完全驗化型之聚乙烯醇 水溶液。 而且’使用本發明之膜的偏光板可提供於遲相軸分布 上不均較少、且顯示性能良好之液晶顯示裝置。另外,於 本發明之膜是寬幅的較佳態樣之情形時,於使用本發明之 膜與偏光元件貼合而製造偏光板時,可於膜寬度方向進行 所謂之偏光板之2等分、3等分,可減低偏光板之製造成 本。而且,於膜寬度方向之σ6〇〇、σ_6〇〇亦良好之態樣之 情形時,亦可改善進一步進行2等分、3等分之偏光板的 性能。 &lt;液晶顯示裝置&gt; 本發明之液晶顯示裝置之特徵在於包含醯化纖維素膜 或本發明之偏光板。 • ▲本發明之膜可以如下之構成而較佳地使用:偏光板用 保4膜/偏光元件/偏光板用保護膜/液晶單元/本發明之膜/ 偏光7G件/偏光板用保護膜之構成、或偏光板用保護膜/偏 光元件/本發明之膜/液晶單元/本發明之偏光板用保護膜/ 偏光元件/偏光板用保護膜之構成。特別是藉由貼合於ΤΝ 型、VA型、0CB型等液晶單元上而使用,可提供視角優 91 201219464 jyiuuplt 異、著色少之視認性優異、且面内均一性亦優異之液晶顯 示裝置。而且,使用本發明之膜的偏光板於高溫高濕條件 下之劣化少,可維持長時間穩定之性能,亦即本發明之液 晶顯示裝置之耐久性亦良好。 [實例] 以下’列舉實例而對本發明加以更具體之說明。以下 實例所示之材料、使用量、比例、處理内容、處理順序等, 只要不脫離本發明之主旨,則可進行適宜變更。因此,本 發明之範圍並不限定於以下所示之具體例。 [實例1 :醯化纖維素膜之製膜] (2)摻雜物調製 〈^丨夕醯化纖維素溶液 將下述組成物投入至混合槽中,進行攪拌而使各成分 溶解’進一步於90°C下加熱約10分鐘後,藉由平均孔徑 為34 μΐη之濾紙及平均孔徑為10 μπι之燒結金屬過濾器進 行過濾。 醯化纖維素溶液 ----—-------- 100.0重量份 403.0重量份 60.2重量份 表6中所記载之醯化纖 二氯曱烷 甲醇 &lt;:U2&gt;消光劑分散液 92 201219464 ^yioopxf 其次,將包含藉由上述方法而製成之酿化纖維素 的下述組成物投入至分散機中,調製消光劑分散液。 消光劑分散液 *------—_____ 平均粒徑為16 nm之二氧化矽粒子 - 重量份 72.4重量 份 10·8重量 份 1〇·3重量 份 〇sll R972日本Aerosil股份有限公司製 二氣曱烷 甲醇 酿化纖維素溶液 &lt; 1-3 &gt;添加劑溶液 槽中將製成之纖維素溶液投入至 ,., 進加熱一面加以攪拌而使其溶觫沃 t中所記載之各添加劑,調製添加劑溶 添加下述 ^各添加劑加以說明。添加劑A〜添加劑。^ 混合Te=T[tan5]-ATm (II) ΔTm = Tm (0) -Tm (x) (in) (In the formula (II), Τ〇ηδ] is expressed when the residual solvent amount is 〇%. When the dynamic viscoelasticity of cellulose is tanS, tan5 shows the peak temperature, Tm(0) represents the crystal melting temperature of the deuterated cellulose when the residual solvent amount is 0%, and Tm(X) represents the deuterated fiber. Residue of the compound ^ The crystal melting temperature of the deuterated cellulose at a dose of X%.). Hereinafter, the extension of such a temperature range is also referred to as low temperature extension. By low-temperature stretching of the film formed into a film shape, Rth performance can be improved without increasing the film thickness of the present invention, and Rth (55 Å) and /d' can be further improved. Although not limited to any theory, in the low-temperature extension, it is difficult to increase the elongation of the polymer or the added ruthenium when it is extended at a relatively high temperature, so that Re can be expressed without lowering Rth. The extension temperature is more than Te thief ~ Te ° C. In the case where the extending direction of the hard-to-feed direction is extended in the film width direction, the preferred range is also the same. (2) The case where the acid-aged or the (IV) cellulose is used as the cellulose-deposited cellulose. The use of cellulose butyrate or cellulose propionate includes: stretching the film to a residue satisfying the formula (5), and extending the film in the direction of H2 by 2% to 1% (%). The film peeled off by the step satisfies the step of extending the residual volatile component H3 to the lower edge of the formula (1) in a direction orthogonal to the film transport direction by 2G% to 丨5〇%. The 201219464 jyioopif step is characterized in that the lightening is performed. Steps are full of foot (5). (4) In the case of acid cellulose or cellulose propionate as the cellulose hydride, the stretching ratio of the elongation in the direction of the transport is preferably 6% by weight, more preferably 25% to 45%. (4) 使用38/°~8G%, more preferably 使用38/°~8G%, which is better than the extension of the direction in which the orientation direction of the st film is orthogonal to the use of T-acid cellulose* propionate as the cellulose hydride. 4G%~60〇/〇. The outer range of the use of cellulose butyrate or cellulose propionate as the deuterated fiber is the same as that in the case of using cellulose acetate as the deuterated cellulose. (Heat treatment step) The method for producing the film of the present invention may also be subjected to a heat treatment as described in the above after the completion of the drying step. The heat treatment of the treatment step can be carried out at the end of the drying step, and can be carried out immediately after the extension/drying of the material, or after the dry end of the method is temporarily taken over by the method described later, and only the heat treatment step is provided. The heat treatment can be carried out by a method of blowing a wind of a predetermined temperature to the film being conveyed or a method of using a heating means such as a microwave. The s heat treatment is preferably carried out at 15 (TC to 20 (TC temperature, more preferably, at a temperature of 160 C to 180 ° C.), and heat treatment is preferably carried out for 1 minute to 2 minutes. More preferably, it is carried out for 5 minutes to 1 minute. (Winding) The coiler that winds up the film to be fed can use the conventionally used coiler's by the constant tension method, the constant torque method, Taper tension (taper tensi〇n) 89 201219464 jyioopif method, internal stress fixed program tension control method transfer method for coiling. The cellulose halide film roll obtained as described above is preferably the retardation axis of the film The direction is in the range of ±2 degrees with respect to the winding direction (longitudinal direction of the film). More preferably, it is in the range of ±1 degree. Or, preferably, relative to the winding direction, with respect to the right angle direction. (the width direction of the film) is in the range of ±2 degrees, more preferably in the range of ±1 degree. Particularly preferably, the retardation axis direction of the film is relative to the winding direction (longitudinal direction of the film) Within ±01 degrees, or, particularly preferably, within ±01 degrees with respect to the broad side of the film. Volatile component) As the cellulose-deposited film obtained by the above-described method for producing a film of the present invention, in terms of obtaining a film having good dimensional stability, it is preferred that the residual volatile component of the final finished film is I wt% or less, more preferably 0.2 wt% or less. Further, in the manufacturing method of the present invention, the step of producing a film on one side of the retardation axis orientation of the long-hand method of detecting the film in one line may be included. The preferred aspect is the same as the standard deviation of the retardation axis orientation of the film long hand method for determining the film of the present invention in the line. &lt;Polarizing Plate&gt; The polarizing plate of the present invention is characterized by comprising a polarizing element. The film of the present invention has a good optical property of the film and a good modulus of elasticity of the film. Therefore, it can be preferably used in a protective film for a polarizing plate. The shape is good, and the film surface is observed under the orthogonal polarized light of the polarizing plate. The film is suitable for the protective film for polarizing plates. The polarizing plate can be laminated with at least one surface of the 201219464 ^yioopif polarizing element. As the polarizing element, a previously known polarizing element can be used, for example, a hydrophilic polymer film such as a polyvinyl alcohol film is treated with a dichroic dye such as a moth and extended. The bonding with the polarizing element is not particularly limited and can be carried out by using an adhesive containing an aqueous solution of a water-soluble polymer. The water-based polymer adhesive can preferably be a completely purified aqueous polyvinyl alcohol solution. Further, the polarizing plate using the film of the present invention can provide a liquid crystal display device having less unevenness in the distribution of the slow phase axis and good display performance. Further, in the case where the film of the present invention is a wide-width preferred embodiment When the polarizing plate is produced by bonding the film of the present invention to the polarizing element, the so-called polarizing plate can be divided into two equal parts and three equal parts in the film width direction, and the manufacturing cost of the polarizing plate can be reduced. Further, in the case where the σ6 〇〇 and σ_6 〇〇 in the film width direction are also good, the performance of the polarizing plate which is further divided into two equal parts and three equal parts can be improved. &lt;Liquid Crystal Display Device&gt; The liquid crystal display device of the present invention is characterized by comprising a cellulose oxide film or a polarizing plate of the present invention. ▲ The film of the present invention can be preferably used as follows: a protective film for a polarizing plate / a polarizing element / a protective film for a polarizing plate / a liquid crystal cell / a film of the present invention / a polarizing 7G piece / a protective film for a polarizing plate The protective film/polarizing element of the polarizing plate, the film/liquid crystal cell of the present invention, the protective film for a polarizing plate of the present invention, the polarizing element, and the protective film for a polarizing plate. In particular, it can be used by being bonded to liquid crystal cells such as ΤΝ, VA, and 0CB, and it is possible to provide a liquid crystal display device which is excellent in viewing angle, has excellent visibility, and has excellent in-plane uniformity. Further, the polarizing plate using the film of the present invention has less deterioration under high temperature and high humidity conditions, and can maintain stable performance for a long period of time, that is, the durability of the liquid crystal display device of the present invention is also good. [Examples] Hereinafter, the present invention will be more specifically described by way of examples. The materials, the amounts used, the ratios, the contents of the treatment, the order of treatment, and the like shown in the following examples can be appropriately changed without departing from the gist of the present invention. Therefore, the scope of the present invention is not limited to the specific examples shown below. [Example 1: Film formation of bismuth cellulose film] (2) Preparation of dopants The following composition was put into a mixing tank and stirred to dissolve the components. After heating at 90 ° C for about 10 minutes, it was filtered through a filter paper having an average pore diameter of 34 μΐ and a sintered metal filter having an average pore diameter of 10 μm. Deuterated cellulose solution ----- 100.0 parts by weight 403.0 parts by weight 60.2 parts by weight of bismuth chemical fiber dichloromethane methanol as described in Table 6 &lt;: U2&gt; matting agent dispersion 92 201219464 ^yioopxf Next, the following composition containing the brewed cellulose produced by the above method was placed in a dispersing machine to prepare a matting agent dispersion. Matting agent dispersion *------______ cerium oxide particles with an average particle diameter of 16 nm - 72.4 parts by weight, 10 parts by weight, 1 part by weight, 3 parts by weight, 〇sll R972, manufactured by Japan Aerosil Co., Ltd. The dioxane methanol brewing cellulose solution &lt; 1-3 &gt; the solution solution tank is put into the cellulose solution, and the mixture is stirred and heated to be dissolved in the heat Additives, Modification Additives, and the following additives are described. Additive A~Additive. ^ Mix

C 而且 是下述表 以下 所示之組成。另外,於表5中,EG表示乙 丙二醇,BG表示τ - γ 乙〜醇,PG表 表不丁 — _,TPA表示對笨 G表示 甲酸,Μ表 鄰苯二曱酸,ΑΑ表 不己二酸’ S Α表示破拍 酸 5中 示 93 201219464 J-a99l6eC is the composition shown below in the following table. In addition, in Table 5, EG represents ethylene propylene glycol, BG represents τ - γ ethyl alcohol, PG is not represented by _, and TPA means that formic acid represents formic acid, fluorene is phthalic acid, and bismuth is not present. Acid 'S Α means broken shot acid 5 shows 93 201219464 J-a99l6e

1 1 分子量 1000 ο ο σ\ 卜 οο 寸 寸 ν〇 ν〇 SA (mol% ) s 沄 沄 ss(- AA (mol% ) ο Ο '1 PA (mol%) ο ΤΡΑ (mol% ) ο &gt;τϊ $ ο csi ο CN ^Τ) Γ- (Ν BG (mol% ) ο Ο Ο 詩 Ί PG (mol% ) ο Ο JO * Ί EG (mol% ) ο ο ο CN 楚 € ο ο ο Ο 添加劑 A 添加劑 Β 添加劑 C1 1 Molecular weight 1000 ο ο σ ο ο ο ο ο 〇 ( ( ( ( ( - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - $ ο csi ο CN ^Τ) Γ- (Ν BG (mol% ) ο Ο Ο Ο PG PG (mol% ) ο Ο JO * Ί EG (mol% ) ο ο ο CN Chu € ο ο ο Ο Additive A Additive Β Additive C

201219464 ^ A. W201219464 ^ A. W

化合物D表示下述結構的延遲表現劑。 化合物DCompound D represents a delayed expression agent of the following structure. Compound D

化合物E表示作為剝離促進劑之理研維他命股份有限 公司製造之POEM K-37V。 化合物U表示下述結構的延遲表現劑。Compound E represents POEM K-37V manufactured by Riken Vitamin Co., Ltd. as a release promoter. Compound U represents a delayed expression agent of the following structure.

化合物UCompound U

化合物T表示TPP/BDP (1/1、重量比)° 而且,於使用CAP之實例6巾,使用卞述結構的化合 物X作為添加劑。 95 201219464 j^ioopif 化合物χThe compound T represents TPP/BDP (1/1, weight ratio) ° Further, in the case of Example 6 using CAP, the compound X of the above-described structure was used as an additive. 95 201219464 j^ioopif compoundχ

將上述醯化纖維素溶液100重量份、消光劑分散液 1.35重量份及所述添加劑溶液加以混合,調製製膜用摻雜 物。 另外’作為摻雜物之原料而使用的醯化纖維素及各種 添加劑使用預先用奈良機械製作所股份有限公司製造之儲 倉(silo)於i2〇t下進行2小時乾燥者。 此處’ fp述表6巾,字母表示各添加劑之種類 π嫩加1 °而且’所述添加劑溶液之添加比例是; 量設為100重量份時的各添力 伤)成為下述表6中所記載之值的比例。 (流延) 中藉由作ί 圖實例7、比較例7及比較1 ―功能=11=進==100 parts by weight of the above-described deuterated cellulose solution, 1.35 parts by weight of the matting agent dispersion, and the additive solution were mixed to prepare a film-forming dopant. Further, the deuterated cellulose and various additives used as a raw material of the dopant were dried by using a silo manufactured by Nara Machinery Co., Ltd. in advance at i2〇t for 2 hours. Here, 'fp describes the table 6 towel, the letter indicates the type of each additive π plus 1 ° and the 'addition ratio of the additive solution is; the amount of each additive force when the amount is set to 100 parts by weight" becomes the following Table 6 The ratio of the values stated. (casting) by using Figure 7, Example 7, and Comparison 1 - Function = 11 = In ==

96 201219464 jyioopif 溫度為75ΐ〜12^弗供氣溫度為8〇°C〜130°C (排氣 發成分為下述表6 J =燥風而使其乾燥後’於殘留揮 筒2!將膜自帶上剝下斤/己载之H1 (Wt%)時’藉由剝下滾 ^由延伸裝置23而進行縱延伸及橫延伸之前, 之溫ΐ二ί,4Π中之跳動機構1〇。-面進行控制以使圖2 使張力感置部分之溫度成為5叱,且 膜;一面以成+膜之張力成為2〇0跑,-面進行製 構1〇之荷重斤示之拉力變動之方式藉由跳動機 工制裝置及角度檢測器12而控制荷重,一 請讀,蝴㈣根繞角 ; 之路後輥18,將膜導入至延伸裝置23。㈣, 剝;驟至所述拉幅機之距離乙為15_ mm,所 ; 、、寬度”為 19〇〇mm,且滿足 Wx30gl^Wx2。 (延伸) 一 拉士ίΐ L於下述表6令所記載之殘留溶劑濃度為h2時, 曰、厂ό中所§己載之MD延伸倍率,於13〇。〇下,於 =搬送方向上藉由固定端單轴延伸於拉幅機區域進行延 甲此時,猎由張力傳感器測SMD延伸時之拉力之變動, 將其記载於下述表6中。 4广人於殘留溶劑濃度為Η3時,藉由下述表6中所 =之TO延伸倍率,於16。。。下,於膜寬度方向上藉由 疋端單軸延伸而於拉幅機區域進行延伸,製造醯化纖維 '、臈。而且’求出MD/TD延伸倍率比,記載於下述表6 97 201219464 jyioopif t。此時,調整流延膜厚以使延伸及乾燥後之膜厚變為下 述表7中所記載之膜厚。 製作下述表6中所示之組成的膜,為了判斷其製造適 應性,藉由上述條件製作最低24捲之捲寬1980 m、捲長 2000 m之捲。關於連續製造之24捲中之1捲,以1〇〇 m 之間隔切出長邊1 m之樣本(寬度1980 mm)。將其作為 實例1之醯化纖維素膜。 [實例2〜貫例1〇及比較例1〜比較例I]] 如下述表6所記載那樣變更所使用之醯化纖维素樹 脂、瞑製造條件’除此以外與實例1同樣地進行 而獲付各貫例及比較例之醯化纖維素膜。另外,於實例u 中’自支料側以外層用摻雜物/芯制摻 雜物之順序進行3層共流延。 物/外盾用#96 201219464 jyioopif The temperature is 75ΐ~12^ The gas supply temperature is 8〇°C~130°C (the exhaust gas composition is as shown in the following table 6 J = dry air and then dried after the 'remaining wave 2! When the H1 (Wt%) is removed from the belt, the bounce mechanism of the temperature is lowered by the extension device 23 before the longitudinal extension and the lateral extension. - The surface is controlled so that the temperature of the tension sensing portion is 5 叱, and the film is formed by the tension of the film + 2 〇 0, and the tension of the load of 1 制 is made. The method controls the load by the jumper manufacturing device and the angle detector 12, and reads the butterfly (four) corners; the road back roller 18 guides the film to the extension device 23. (4), peeling, and then to the tenter The distance B of the machine is 15 mm, and the width is 19 mm and satisfies Wx30gl^Wx2. (Extension) When the residual solvent concentration in the following Table 6 is h2, MD ό ό ό § MD MD MD MD MD MD MD MD MD MD MD MD MD MD MD MD MD MD MD MD MD MD MD MD MD MD MD MD MD MD MD MD MD MD MD MD MD MD MD MD MD MD MD MD MD MD MD MD MD MD MD MD MD MD MD MD MD MD MD MD MD MD MD MD MD MD MD MD MD MD MD MD MD MD MD MD MD The hunting force is measured by the tension sensor to measure the variation of the tensile force when the SMD is extended, and is described in the following Table 6. 4 When the residual solvent concentration is Η3, the TO stretching ratio of the following Table 6 is used. In the film width direction, the uniaxial stretching in the film width direction is carried out in the tenter region to produce the deuterated fiber ', 臈. And 'determine the MD/TD stretching ratio, which is described below. Table 6 97 201219464 jyioopif t. At this time, the cast film thickness was adjusted so that the film thickness after stretching and drying became the film thickness described in the following Table 7. The film of the composition shown in the following Table 6 was produced. In order to judge the manufacturing adaptability, a minimum of 24 rolls of a roll width of 1980 m and a roll length of 2000 m were produced by the above conditions. One of the 24 rolls continuously manufactured was cut at intervals of 1 μm. A sample of 1 m (width: 1980 mm) was used as the cellulose film of Example 1. [Example 2 to Example 1 and Comparative Example 1 to Comparative Example I] The contents were changed as described in Table 6 below. In addition to the use of the deuterated cellulose resin and the crucible production conditions, in the same manner as in Example 1, various examples and ratios were obtained. Examples of the acylated cellulose film. Further, examples other than the u 'branched from the feed-side layer with a dopant / core made of doped impurities of the order for three-layer co-casting. Physical / outer shield with #

98 201219464 JU9916£ 【94】 膜之製膜條件 乾燥後 之膜厚 (μηι) m 〇\ ο § o &lt; m s § o S S 延伸倍 率比 MD/TD 1 0.86 0.79 0.77 0.77 0.77 0.83 0.83 0.80 00 o 0.80 | 0.79 I ! 0.77 :0.79 0.85 0.79 0.69 1 TD延 伸倍率 (%) Ο (S m ο $ 00 m 吞 〇〇 m v〇 ο JTl ο TD延伸 開始時之 揮發成分 Η3 (%) 0\ 00 00 寸 (Ν »«Η OS 00 〇〇 o 卜 CN CN ^Τί Ο CS r-H CS MD延 伸時之 拉力變 動 (N/m) CS (Ν ι〇 CN fS trj &lt;N (N in yn (N CN »r&gt; IT) o o ο (Ν νη S Q奪峤 m «•Ή ο Η ο ο Ο 宕 〇 〇 o o Ο ψ—^ Ο ο Τ-Η MD延伸 開始時之 揮發成分 H2 (%) Η m ΓΛ »&quot;Η m ΓΛ CN ΓΛ 寸 00 卜 00 cS fS CN 剝下時 之揮發 成分 HI (%) $ 妄 苳 o o 00 &lt;N (N CO CN 添加劑 添加 劑2 ο D Ο Ο ο 寸 Q 1 D:0.8 I | U:0.8 I o 〇 o o 1 U:4_5 I 1 U:4.5 | Ο CN ω ο ο 添加 劑1 ο Η 1 Τ:11.3 1 ο 另 0\ On On r*H ON F-H 〇\ v-&gt; X 〇\ ψ—4 卜 〇\ σ\ &lt; P3 CQ m C &lt; U H H Ό ο &lt; &lt; 醯化纖維素 總酿基 取代度 A+B 1 2.66 1 2.66 1 2.65 1 丨 2.42 1 2.42 2.42 2.42 2.42 2.42 2.42 1—2.42」 2.65 00 01 00 oi 2.05 2.42 1 2·42 1 '2.42 取代 度B ν〇 ν〇 ν〇 丨 2.47 I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2.47— 1 1 1 I I 1 Bu/Pr ; _] CQ 0Q £ 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 £ 1 1 1 1 1 1 取代 度A 〇·18 —2丄42— 2.42 2_42 | 2.42 1 丄42」 2_—42 2.42 2.42 0.18 I 00 CN 00 CN 1 2.05 1 2.42 1 2.42 2.42 υ &lt; ο &lt; ο C ο &lt; Ο υ &lt; o &lt; O &lt; 〇 &lt; 〇 &lt; o &lt; υ &lt; υ &lt; 〇 &lt; ο &lt; Ο &lt; ο C ο &lt; 比較例1 比較例2 比較例3 比較例4 比較例5 比較例6 實例1 實例2 實例3 實例4 實例5 實例6 比較例7 比較例8 比較例9 實例7 比較例10 比較例11 20121946498 201219464 JU9916£ [94] Film thickness after film formation conditions (μηι) m 〇\ ο § o &lt; ms § o SS stretch ratio ratio MD/TD 1 0.86 0.79 0.77 0.77 0.77 0.83 0.83 0.80 00 o 0.80 | 0.79 I ! 0.77 :0.79 0.85 0.79 0.69 1 TD stretching ratio (%) Ο (S m ο $ 00 m 吞〇〇mv〇ο JTl ο Volatile component at the beginning of TD extension Η3 (%) 0\ 00 00 inch ( Ν »«Η OS 00 〇〇o 卜CN CN ^Τί Ο CS rH CS Tensile force variation during MD extension (N/m) CS (Ν ι〇CN fS trj &lt;N (N in yn (N CN »r&gt; IT) oo ο (Ν νη SQ 峤m «•Ή ο Η ο ο Ο 宕〇〇 Ο ψ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ Η Η Η Η Η Η Η Η Η Η Η Η Η Η Η Η Η Η Η Η Η Η Η Η Η Η Η Η Η Η Η Η Η Η Η Η Η Η Η Η Η Η Η Η m ΓΛ CN ΓΛ 00 00 00 cS fS CN Volatile component HI (%) when peeled off $ 妄苳oo 00 &lt;N (N CO CN Additive Additive 2 ο D Ο Ο ο 寸 Q 1 D: 0.8 I | U :0.8 I o 〇oo 1 U:4_5 I 1 U:4.5 | Ο CN ω ο ο Additive 1 ο Η 1 Τ:11.3 1 ο Another 0\ On On r*H ON FH 〇\ v-&gt; X 〇\ Ψ—4 〇 〇 \ σ \ &lt; P3 CQ m C &lt; UHH Ό ο &lt;&lt; Deuterated cellulose total base substitution A + B 1 2.66 1 2.66 1 2.65 1 丨 2.42 1 2.42 2.42 2.42 2.42 2.42 2.42 1— 2.42" 2.65 00 01 00 oi 2.05 2.42 1 2·42 1 '2.42 Degree of substitution B ν〇ν〇ν〇丨2.47 I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2.47— 1 1 1 II 1 Bu/Pr ; _] CQ 0Q £ 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 £ 1 1 1 1 1 1 Substitution degree A 〇·18 —2丄42— 2.42 2_42 | 2.42 1 丄42” 2_—42 2.42 2.42 0.18 I 00 CN 00 CN 1 2.05 1 2.42 1 2.42 2.42 υ &lt; ο &lt; ο C ο &lt; Ο υ &lt; o &lt; O &lt; 〇 &lt; 〇 &lt; o &lt; υ &lt; υ &lt; 〇 &lt; ο &lt; Ο &lt; ο C ο &lt; Comparative Example 1 Comparative Example 2 Comparative Example 3 Comparative Example 4 Comparative Example 5 Comparative Example 6 Example 1 Example 2 Example 3 Example 4 Example 5 Example 6 Comparative Example 7 Comparative Example 8 Comparative Example 9 Example 7 Comparative Example 10 Comparative Example 11 201219464

JU9916E 破斷 CS 兩個面 均為2 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.79 00 m 〇〇 m 〇〇 m 〇〇 〇〇 寸 (Ν o ο m ^T) CA ο Ο *-Η 〇 〇 ON σ\ tT) cn Os 〇〇 &lt;Ν CN V) in CN v〇 OO (N ο Ο o 〇 〇 ο 〇\ 0\ Os 〇\ as ψ-^ U (Ν Ο Ο υ o U 2.42 1 2.42 1 2.42 2.42 2.42 2.81 1 1 1 1 1 ί 1 1 1 1 1 1 2.42 12·421 丨 2.42 1 12·421 2.42 2.81 υ &lt; ο &lt; 〇 &lt; O &lt; O &lt; ο &lt; 比較例12 實例8 實例9 比較例13 實例l〇_ 芯層 實例1〇_ 外層 201219464 j^iuupif &lt;測定方法&gt; (膜之光學特性) 王JU9916E Breaking CS Both sides are 2 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.79 00 m 〇〇m 〇〇m 〇〇〇〇 inch (Ν o ο m ^T) CA ο Ο *-Η 〇〇ON σ\ tT) cn Os 〇〇&lt;Ν CN V) in CN v〇OO (N ο Ο o 〇〇ο 〇\ 0\ Os 〇\ as ψ-^ U (Ν Ο Ο υ o U 2.42 1 2.42 1 2.42 2.42 2.42 2.81 1 1 1 1 1 ί 1 1 1 1 1 1 2.42 12·421 丨 2.42 1 12·421 2.42 2.81 υ &lt; ο &lt; 〇 &lt; O &lt; O &lt; ο &lt; Comparative Example 12 Example 8 Example 9 Comparative Example 13 Example l〇_ Core layer example 1〇_ Outer layer 201219464 j^iuupif &lt;Measurement method&gt; (Optical properties of film) King

藉由前述之方法,使用自動雙折射計kobra_wr( 子計测器股份有限公司製造)而於波長550 nm下進行J 維雙折射測定,求出面狀賴Re,膜厚方向之延遲Rth 可藉由改變傾斜角測定Re而求出。 而且,將測定波長變更為45〇111]:1與63〇nm,測定Re (450)與Re(63〇)之值,計算波長分散&amp; (㈣) -Re (450)= 。另外,所得之Rth (單位為nm)之值除以各膜之膜厚 d (單位為nm),求出膜之每單位膜厚之Rth Rth/d。 將該些結果記載於下述表7中。 (膜長邊方向端部之遲相軸不均之標準 σ-600)) 诚ί由以下之方法而測定膜長邊方向端部之遲相抽不均 之才示準偏差σ600、σ-600。 二面於0.5 mm以内平行地送出之路徑親之間將膜之 錯垂上下方向之不均控制為2 mm以ίγ σ η工利馮2mm以下,一面以20m/min 搬送樣4。於自膜寬度方向之+央線起向 -方之膜端部方向上離開__之線上 進行Γ)地於膜搬送方向(長邊二 計60000點之各個遲相轴方位。求出 该二之千岣值,藉由計算而求出遲相軸 σ600及σ-600。 Ί之铩旱偏差 101 201219464 loopif 另外’關於膜長邊方向之遲相轴方位的標準偏差σ6〇〇 及σ-600的其他測定條件,以如下方式進行設定,藉由以 下之方法進行檢測及計算。 裝置:高速延遲測定裝置Rel〇〇大緣電 公司製造 頁限 測定長度:2000 m 測定間距:於以20 m/min進杆拙^、、, «丁搬迗時,每隖Λ 連續測定 τ ’Kls地 對於大致60000點之資料,藉由 而算出(此處’ Xi是各遲相輛角译 藉由下式 X岣’n為60000) 而計算分散σ。 藉由以下基準而評價所得之結果 ◎ : σ600 或 σ-600 為 〇 〇8 以下。 〇:σ600或σ-600為〇 以下。 △ : σ600 或 σ-600 為 〇 13 以下 ▲ : σ600 或 σ-600 為 〇 μ 以下 102 201219464 jyioopif χ : σ600 或 σ-600 大於 0.15。 將所得之結果示於下述表7。 (膜之彈性模數) 將試樣 10 mmxl50 mm (TDxMD)於 25。(:、相對濕 度為65%下進行2小時之濕度控制,使用TOYO BALDWIN CO.,LTD.製造之萬能拉力試驗機STM T50BP,於23°C、 相對濕度為60%之環境中,藉由測定初始試樣長度為5〇 mm、於l〇%/min下之MD方向之延伸處理而測定應力應 變曲線,求出MD方向之膜之彈性模數E,(MD)(單位為 MPa)。同樣地’使用試樣mmxl〇 (tdxmd)而 以相同之條件對TD方向進行延伸處理,求出TD方向之 膜之彈性模數E,(TD)(單位為MPa)。而且,根據所得之 於各方向之彈性模數而計算E,(TD) /E,(MD)。 另外,於19個試樣中,於寬邊每隔1〇〇 mm地測定 TD)。求出該些之平均值,藉由以下之方法求出膜寬 ς =向之彈性模㈣,(TD)之標準偏差σ (單位:哪)。 對於所得之19個資料,藉由 γ* «Ο·» •Λ» *^· η 而异出(此處, 藉由下式By the above method, the J-dimensional birefringence measurement is performed at a wavelength of 550 nm using an automatic birefringence meter kobra_wr (manufactured by Sub-Measurer Co., Ltd.), and the surface-dependent Re is obtained, and the retardation Rth in the film thickness direction can be borrowed. It was determined by measuring Re by changing the inclination angle. Further, the measurement wavelength was changed to 45 〇 111]: 1 and 63 〇 nm, and the values of Re (450) and Re (63 〇) were measured, and the wavelength dispersion &amp; ((4)) - Re (450) = was calculated. Further, the value of Rth (unit: nm) obtained was divided by the film thickness d (unit: nm) of each film, and Rth Rth/d per unit thickness of the film was determined. These results are described in Table 7 below. (Standard of the retardation of the retardation axis at the end in the longitudinal direction of the film σ-600)) The deviation of the retardation of the end portions in the longitudinal direction of the film is measured by the following method to show the deviations σ600 and σ-600. The path in which the two sides are fed in parallel within 0.5 mm is controlled to control the unevenness of the film in the up-and-down direction to 2 mm, and the sample 4 is transported at 20 m/min on the side of ίγ σ η. In the direction of the width of the film from the + center line to the side of the film in the direction of the end of the film, the __ line is Γ) in the film transport direction (long side two counts of 60000 points of each of the late phase axis orientation. Find the second The kinematic value is calculated by calculating the slow phase axes σ600 and σ-600. The drought deviation of the 101101 201219464 loopif The other standard deviation σ6〇〇 and σ-600 of the azimuth axis direction of the long side direction of the film The other measurement conditions were set as follows, and the detection and calculation were performed by the following methods. Apparatus: High-speed retardation measuring apparatus Rel〇〇 Dayuan Electric Co., Ltd. Manufacturing page limit Measurement length: 2000 m Measurement pitch: 20 m/ Min into the rod 、,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, X分散'n is 60000) and the dispersion σ is calculated. The obtained result is evaluated by the following criteria: σ600 or σ-600 is 〇〇8 or less. 〇: σ600 or σ-600 is 〇 or less. △ : σ600 or σ -600 is 〇13 or less ▲ : σ600 or σ-600 is 〇μ or less 1 02 201219464 jyioopif χ : σ600 or σ-600 is greater than 0.15. The results obtained are shown in the following Table 7. (Elastic modulus of the film) The sample is 10 mm x 150 mm (TDxMD) at 25. (:, relative humidity is 65 The humidity of 2 hours was controlled under %, and the universal tensile tester STM T50BP manufactured by TOYO BALDWIN CO., LTD. was used to measure the initial sample length of 5 环境 in an environment of 23 ° C and a relative humidity of 60%. The stress-strain curve was measured in the MD direction at l〇%/min, and the elastic modulus E (MD) of the film in the MD direction was determined (unit: MPa). Similarly, the sample mmxl〇 was used. (tdxmd) and extending the TD direction under the same conditions, and obtaining the elastic modulus E, (TD) (unit: MPa) of the film in the TD direction, and calculating based on the obtained elastic modulus in each direction. E, (TD) / E, (MD). Further, in 19 samples, TD was measured every 1 mm in the wide side. The average value of these samples was determined by the following method. Membrane width ς = elastic modulus (4), (TD) standard deviation σ (unit: which). For the 19 data obtained, by γ* «Ο ·» •Λ» *^· η varies (here, by the following formula

Xi為各E’(TD)之不均,η為19)。 103 201219464 jyioopif σ2= -x)2 η /=ι 計算分散σ。 將所得之結果示於下述表7。 (面板性能) [偏光板之製造] 使埃吸附於延伸之^^乙稀醇膜上而製作偏光元件。 使用聚乙烯醇系黏著劑,將進行了鹼化處理之實例i 之醯化纖維素膜貼附於偏光元件之單側。對市售之二乙酸 纖維素膜(FUjitacTD80UF、富士軟片股份有限公司製造) 進行同樣之鹼化處理,使用聚乙烯醇系黏著劑,於所製成 之實例101之貼附有偏光板保護膜之側的相反側之偏光元 件之面上貼附驗化處理後之三乙酸纖維素膜。 此時,以偏光元件之透射軸與所製成之實例丨之偏光 板保護膜之遲相軸變平行之方式進行配置。而且,以偏光 兀件之透射軸與市售之三乙酸纖維素膜之遲相軸正交之方 式進行配置。 如此進行而製作實例1之偏光板。 [液晶顯示裝置之製造] 對所付之偏光板貫施下述之於面板上之貼合。 評價是對自夏普(Sharp)股份有限公司的LC-42DS6 液晶顯示器除掉前側及後側之偏光板而成者(以下亦稱為 面板)’使用上述偏光板’於各實例及比較例中製造液晶顯 不裝置。另外,面板之尺寸為1025 mmx673 mm。 104 201219464 jyioopif (1)視角色調(斜方向之對比度) 使用測定器(BM5A’ TOPCON公司製造),於暗室中, 測定自裝置正面之極角方向60度、及方位角方向0度、45 度、90度之3個方向的黑顯示及白顯示之亮度值,算出視 角對比度(最白亮度/最黑亮度),藉此而評價液晶顯示裝 置之視角特性。 〇:祝角對比度均為60以上,無法識別漏光。 △:祝角對比度之最小值為不足6〇且為30以上,稍 稍地識別到漏光,但為可容許之程度。 X :視角對比度之最小值不足30,識別到較大之漏光 且無法容許。 下述表中的表示視角對比度之評價結果之欄是基於上 述標準對上述3個方向進行評價,表示其平均結果。 將所抑之結果不於下述表7中。 (2 )财久性評價 將各液晶顯示裝置於50。(:、相對濕度為95%之熱狀態 下放置500小時’取出後使其點亮。立後,使用測定琴 (蘭一ON公司製造),於暗室丄;裝= 之極角方向60度、及方位角方向45度之視角對比度。對 連續點党前後之視角對比度進行比較,藉由以下之基準評 價财久性。 ◎:視角對比度之差不足5。 〇.視角對比度之差為5以上且不足1〇 (連續點亮後 稍許漏光,為可容許之程度)。 105 rll 201219464 χ :視角對比度之差冑10以上(於連續點党後可為別 較大之漏光,無法容許)。 將所得之結果示於下述表7中。 (3)面板面内均一性 _ 於該各實例及比較例中,對於浪晶顯示裝置之面板’ 進行白顯示,使用TOPCON公司製造之BM-5亮度計,於 面内每10 mm地測定亮度。其次,進行黑顯示’使用 !'0卩〇:01^公司製造之3]^-5亮度計,於面内每1〇111«1地測 定亮度。 將上述白顯示時之亮度設為T白,將黑顯示時之亮度 設為T黑’將T白/丁黑定義為對比度。藉由以下基準評價 所得之面板之均質性。 ◎:面板面内之對比度之不均為3%以内。 〇:面板面内之對比度之不均為5%以内。 △:面板面内之對比度之不均為10%以内。 ▲:面板面内之對比度之不均為15%以内。 X:面板面内之對比度之不均為㈣以内。 將以上評價而所得之結果示於下述表7中。Xi is the unevenness of each E' (TD), and η is 19). 103 201219464 jyioopif σ2= -x)2 η /=ι Calculate the dispersion σ. The results obtained are shown in Table 7 below. (Panel performance) [Manufacturing of polarizing plate] A polarizing element was produced by adsorbing an angstrom on an extended ethylene glycol film. The cellulose-deposited film of Example i subjected to the alkalization treatment was attached to one side of the polarizing element using a polyvinyl alcohol-based adhesive. The commercially available cellulose diacetate film (FUjitac TD80UF, manufactured by Fujifilm Co., Ltd.) was subjected to the same alkalization treatment, and a polyvinyl alcohol-based adhesive was used, and a polarizing plate protective film was attached to the prepared example 101. The surface of the polarizing element on the opposite side of the side is attached with a cellulose triacetate film after the chemical treatment. At this time, the transmission axis of the polarizing element was arranged in parallel with the retardation axis of the polarizing plate protective film of the example. Further, the transmission axis of the polarizing element is arranged orthogonally to the late phase axis of the commercially available cellulose triacetate film. The polarizing plate of Example 1 was produced in this manner. [Manufacturing of Liquid Crystal Display Device] The following bonding to the panel was applied to the polarizing plate to be applied. The evaluation was made by removing the polarizing plates on the front and rear sides of the LC-42DS6 liquid crystal display from Sharp Corporation, Inc. (hereinafter also referred to as panels) using the above polarizing plates in the respective examples and comparative examples. LCD display device. In addition, the size of the panel is 1025 mm x 673 mm. 104 201219464 jyioopif (1) Viewing color tone (contrast in oblique direction) Using a measuring device (BM5A' TOPCON), in the dark room, the polar angle of the front of the device is measured at 60 degrees, and the azimuth direction is 0 degrees and 45 degrees. The luminance values of the black display and the white display in three directions of 90 degrees were calculated, and the viewing angle contrast (the whitest brightness/blackest brightness) was calculated, thereby evaluating the viewing angle characteristics of the liquid crystal display device. 〇: The corner contrast is 60 or more, and the light leakage cannot be recognized. △: The minimum value of the corner contrast is less than 6 〇 and is 30 or more, and light leakage is slightly recognized, but it is tolerable. X: The minimum value of the viewing angle contrast is less than 30, and a large leak is recognized and cannot be tolerated. The column showing the evaluation results of the viewing angle contrast in the following table is based on the above criteria to evaluate the above three directions, and the average results are shown. The results were not shown in Table 7 below. (2) Financial durability evaluation Each liquid crystal display device was 50. (:, when the relative humidity is 95%, it is placed in a hot state for 500 hours.) After it is taken out, it is turned on. After that, the measuring instrument (manufactured by Lanyi ON Co., Ltd.) is used, and the direction of the polar angle is 60 degrees. And the viewing angle contrast of 45 degrees in the azimuth direction. The contrast of the viewing angles before and after the continuous point is compared, and the financial durability is evaluated by the following criteria. ◎: The difference in viewing angle contrast is less than 5. 〇 The difference in viewing angle contrast is 5 or more. Less than 1 〇 (slightly leaking light after continuous lighting, to the extent that it is tolerable) 105 rll 201219464 χ : The difference in viewing angle contrast is 胄10 or more (may be a larger leak after continuous party, and cannot be allowed). The results are shown in the following Table 7. (3) In-plane uniformity of the panel _ In the respective examples and comparative examples, the panel of the wave crystal display device was white-displayed, and the BM-5 luminance meter manufactured by TOPCON Corporation was used. The brightness was measured every 10 mm in the plane. Next, the black display 'Using!' 0: 01^ manufactured by the company's 3]^-5 luminance meter was used to measure the brightness every 1〇111«1 in the plane. Set the brightness of the above white display to T white, and display the black when The brightness was set to T black 'T white/Ding black was defined as the contrast. The uniformity of the panel was evaluated by the following criteria. ◎: The contrast in the panel surface was not within 3%. 〇: Contrast in the panel surface Not all of them are within 5%. △: The contrast ratio in the panel surface is not within 10%. ▲: The contrast in the panel surface is not within 15%. X: The contrast in the panel surface is not the same (4) The results obtained by the above evaluation are shown in Table 7 below.

106 201219464 J-a99l6e 鬥卜崦】 評價 面板性能 面内均 一性 X X X X X X 〇 〇 &lt; ◎ 〇 X X X ◎ X X 破斷 〇 〇 X ◎ 耐久 性 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 X ◎ 〇 〇 破斷 〇 〇 〇 〇 π踩 軺&lt;a3 〇 X 〇 〇 〇 X 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 X 〇 〇 〇 〇 破斷 〇 〇 〇 〇 膜之彈性模數 E' (TD) 不均 (GPa) T-H oo o r- o VO o oo o a o o tr&gt; 〇 o cs o CO 〇 d in d 00 o CO 〇 ο d d 破斷 寸 〇 Ο 卜 ο cs o E' (TD) / F (MD) (N 〇\ 〇 g g VO CN o m rn A A On F-H ON IT) ON (S 2 〇\ cs $ CN On Ο 破斷 〇〇 CN ν〇 CN 〇\ CN v-H E' (TD) (MPa) 2300 2220 2400 4800 3500 3600 | 4200 4250 3800 4200 4150 3800 4000 4100 4000 4250 4600 2950 破斷 4600 4100 4000 4250 F (MD) (MPa) 2500 2130 2200 3800 2500 2700 3300 3400 3200 3400 3500 3300 3100 3600 3100 ! 3500 3100 3200 破斷 3600 3250 3100 3550 器ϋ gw 柃ίΓ Q VA X X X &lt; &lt; &lt; 〇 〇 〇 〇 ◎ &lt; &lt; &lt;1 ◎ 〈 &lt; ο 〇 〇 &lt;] ◎ 膜之光學特性 Rth/d xlO·3 CN CN Ό CN cn v〇 CN 00 Γ-» (N u·) rn CN (N (N oi 寸 rn r-i cs (N 00 (N 卜 ri (Ν oi 破斷 卜 (Ν CN (N Ο) 寸 CN CO (N rn οό CN OO rji »T| in v〇 vd tT) ^T) iri t cs 00 ΓΊ yn (Ν νο CN 破斷 \〇 vd rvi II s CN 〇 § ON o o o 二 00 cs 1 &lt; ON (N 00 o CO o PO Ο cn •Τ) 破斷 〇 &lt;r*H &lt;N T-H s 〇\ V_/ CN s ζ! (N 9 Qj o 卜 I 破斷 α; 卜 寸 比較例1 比較例2 比較例3 比較例4 比較例5 比較例6 實例1 實例2 實例3 實例4 實例5 實例6 比較例7 比較例8 比較例9 實例7 比較例10 比較例11 比較例12 實例8 實例9 比較例13 實例10 201219464 根據表7可知··本發明之醯化纖維素膜均為施〉〇 1\之逆/長分散’每單賴厚之财方㈣輯之表現性 優八’臈之長邊方向的彈性模數大,冗邊方向之彈性模數 之不均小,内裝於偏光板上而與面板組合時的面内均一性 變良好。 紛々使用本發明之膜的液晶顯示農置的視角色調及 耐久性均良好。 a另方面,比較例1及比較例10是未進行TD延伸之 態樣,可知所得之膜的雜難差,於面板面内均一性方 ,存在問題。比較例2及比較例3是追加試驗與日本專利 特開2006-030962號公報之實例類似的構成的態樣。比較 例2是使賴化了酸纖_岐加5游。料延遲表 =添加劑U,MD延伸倍率與TD延伸倍率超出本發明之 _法中所規定之範圍的態樣,可知並不成為逆波長分 散上’彈性模數亦差,於内裝於液晶顯示裝置中時,於視角 色調與面板面内均一性方面存在問題。比較例3是於比較 例2中^進行添加齊j u之添加而將td延伸倍率提高至本 發明之乾圍’但MD延伸倍率卻超出本發明之製造方 所規定之範圍的態樣,可知每單位膜厚之膜厚方向之延遲 的表現性差,彈性概亦差,㈣農於液晶顯示裝置中時, 於面板面内均一性方面存在問題。 比較例4 t匕幸乂例6是追加試驗與日本專利特 2009-26^619號公報之實例類似之構成且均未於方 向上進订延伸的態樣,可知均是膜光學特性或膜彈性模數106 201219464 J-a99l6e 斗崦】 Evaluation panel performance in-plane uniformity XXXXXX 〇〇&lt; ◎ 〇XXX ◎ XX Broken 〇〇X ◎ Durability〇〇〇〇〇〇〇〇〇〇〇〇〇〇X ◎ 〇〇 〇〇〇〇 〇〇〇〇 π 轺 轺 a a a a a a a 〇〇〇〇 〇〇〇〇 〇〇〇〇 〇〇〇〇 〇〇〇〇 〇〇〇〇 〇〇〇〇 〇〇〇〇 〇〇〇〇 〇〇〇〇 之 之 之 之 之 之 之 之 之 之 之 之 之 之 之 之(GPa) TH oo o r- o VO o oo oaoo tr&gt; 〇o cs o CO 〇d in d 00 o CO 〇ο dd Broken inch 卜 οο cs o E' (TD) / F (MD) ( N 〇\ 〇gg VO CN om rn AA On FH ON IT) ON (S 2 〇\ cs $ CN On 破 Breaking 〇〇CN ν〇CN 〇\ CN vH E' (TD) (MPa) 2300 2220 2400 4800 3500 3600 | 4200 4250 3800 4200 4150 3800 4000 4100 4000 4250 4600 2950 Breaking 4600 4100 4000 4250 F (MD) (MPa) 2500 2130 2200 3800 2500 2700 3300 3400 3200 3400 3500 3300 3100 3600 3100 ! 3500 3100 3200 Breaking 3600 3250 3100 3550 ϋgw 柃ίΓ Q VA XXX &lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;1 ◎ 〈 &lt;; ο 〇〇&lt;] ◎ Optical properties of the film Rth/d xlO·3 CN CN Ό CN cn v〇CN 00 Γ-» (N u·) rn CN (N (N oi inch rn ri cs (N 00 ( N 卜 ri (Ν ( oi 卜 Ν (Ν CN (N Ο) inch CN CO (N rn οό CN OO rji »T| in v〇vd tT) ^T) iri t cs 00 ΓΊ yn (Ν νο CN broken \〇vd rvi II s CN 〇§ ON ooo 00 cs 1 &lt; ON (N 00 o CO o PO Ο cn •Τ) Breaking 〇&lt;r*H &lt;N TH s 〇\ V_/ CN s ζ (N 9 Qj o Bu I break α; Bu inch Comparative Example 1 Comparative Example 2 Comparative Example 3 Comparative Example 4 Comparative Example 5 Comparative Example 6 Example 1 Example 2 Example 3 Example 4 Example 5 Example 6 Comparative Example 7 Comparative Example 8 Comparative Example 9 Example 7 Comparative Example 10 Comparative Example 11 Comparative Example 12 Example 8 Example 9 Comparative Example 13 Example 10 201219464 According to Table 7, the cellulose film of the present invention is inversely/long dispersed. 'Every single reliance on the rich side (4) of the performance of the excellent eight '臈's long-side elastic modulus is large, the redundancy of the redundant side of the elastic modulus is small, the surface is built on the polarizing plate and combined with the panel The internal uniformity becomes good. The liquid crystal display using the film of the present invention has a good viewing angle and durability. On the other hand, in Comparative Example 1 and Comparative Example 10, the TD extension was not performed, and it was found that the obtained film had poor heterogeneity and was uniform in the panel surface, which was problematic. Comparative Example 2 and Comparative Example 3 are aspects similar to the configuration of the example of Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. 2006-030962. Comparative Example 2 is to make the acid fiber _ 岐 plus 5 swim. Material retardation table = additive U, the MD stretching ratio and the TD stretching ratio are outside the range specified in the method of the present invention, and it is understood that the elastic modulus is not inferior to the reverse wavelength dispersion, and is contained in the liquid crystal display. In the device, there is a problem in the viewing angle hue and the in-plane uniformity of the panel. In Comparative Example 3, in Comparative Example 2, the addition of the addition amount was added to increase the td stretching ratio to the dry circumference of the present invention, but the MD stretching ratio exceeded the range specified by the manufacturer of the present invention. The retardation in the film thickness direction of the unit film thickness is poor, and the elasticity is also poor. (4) When the liquid crystal display device is used, there is a problem in the uniformity of the panel surface. Comparative Example 4 t 匕 乂 Example 6 is a configuration similar to the example of Japanese Patent Publication No. 2009-26^619, and neither of which is extended in the direction, it is known that the optical properties of the film or the film elasticity Modulus

108 201219464 jyioopif 差,且於内裝於液晶顯示裝置中時,於面板面内均一性方 面存在問題。 比較例7及比較例8是使用5 wt%作為延遲表現劑之 添加劑U的態樣’可知於使醢化纖維素之總醯基取代度與 MD延伸倍率為本發明之製造方法之範圍外的比較例7之 情形時’每單位膜厚之膜厚方向之延遲之表現性與MD方 向之彈性模數差,且於内裝於液晶顯示裝置中時,於面板 面内均一性方面存在問題。而且’可知於使延伸倍率 為本發明之製造方法之範圍内而僅僅使醯化纖維素之總醯 基取代度為本發明之製造方法之範圍外的比較例8之情形 時,並不成為逆波長分散,且於内裝於液晶顯示裝置中時, 於視角色調及面板面内均一性方面存在問題。 比較例9是使用本發明之醯化纖維素之總取代度之範 圍以下的醯化纖維素的態樣,可知每單位膜厚之膜厚方向 之延遲的表現性與膜彈性模數差,於内裝於液晶顯示裝置 中時’於面板面内均一性方面存在問題。 比較例11是使MD延伸與TD延伸之延伸倍率比為本 發明之製造方法之範圍外的態樣,可知所得之膜之膜彈性 模數差,且於内裝於液晶顯示裝置中時,於面板面内均一 性方面存在問題。 比較例12及比較例13是使膜製膜時之殘留揮發成分 為本發明之製造方法之範圍外的態樣,於比較例12中,膜 破斷。而且,可知於比較例13中所得之膜的每單位膜厚之 膜厚方向之延遲之表現性與膜彈性模數差,且於内裝於液 109 201219464 晶顯示裝置中時,於面板面内均一性方面存在問題。 【圖式簡單說明】 圖1是表示使用跳動機構而製造本發明之醢化纖維素 膜時之態樣的概略圖。 圖2是表示可於本發明之醯化纖維素膜之製造方法中 使用的跳動機構之詳細的概略圖。 【主要元件符號說明】 10 :跳動機構 11 .跳動裝置(作為跳動轉之路徑輥。運動、非運動 自由)/跳動報 12 :角度檢測器 13 :荷重控制裝置 14 ·溫度感測器 15 :張力感測器 16 :膜搬送方向 17a、17b :導輥(路徑輥之一部分) 18 :路徑輥 20 :帶式流延機 21 :剝下滾筒 22 : #雜物 23 :延伸裝置 24 :膜(腹板)軟膜108 201219464 jyioopif is poor, and when it is installed in a liquid crystal display device, there is a problem in the uniformity of the panel surface. Comparative Example 7 and Comparative Example 8 are examples in which 5 wt% of the additive U as a retardation agent was used, and it was found that the total thiol substitution degree and the MD stretching ratio of the deuterated cellulose were outside the range of the production method of the present invention. In the case of Comparative Example 7, the expression of the retardation in the film thickness direction per unit film thickness is inferior to the elastic modulus in the MD direction, and when it is incorporated in the liquid crystal display device, there is a problem in the in-plane uniformity of the panel. Further, it is understood that the case where the stretching ratio is within the range of the production method of the present invention and the total thiol substitution degree of the deuterated cellulose is outside the range of the production method of the present invention does not become a reverse The wavelength is dispersed, and when it is incorporated in a liquid crystal display device, there are problems in viewing angle hue and in-plane uniformity. Comparative Example 9 is an aspect of the cellulose deuterated cellulose having a total substitution degree of less than the range of the total degree of substitution of the deuterated cellulose of the present invention, and it is understood that the retardation of the film thickness direction per unit film thickness is inferior to the film elastic modulus. When it is incorporated in a liquid crystal display device, there is a problem in the uniformity of the panel surface. In Comparative Example 11, the stretch ratio of the MD extension and the TD extension was outside the range of the production method of the present invention, and it was found that the film had a poor film elastic modulus and was incorporated in the liquid crystal display device. There is a problem with the uniformity of the panel surface. In Comparative Example 12 and Comparative Example 13, the residual volatile component at the time of film formation was outside the range of the production method of the present invention, and in Comparative Example 12, the film was broken. Further, it is understood that the film obtained in Comparative Example 13 has a poor retardation in the film thickness direction per unit film thickness and is inferior to the film elastic modulus, and is contained in the liquid layer 109 201219464 crystal display device in the panel surface. There is a problem with homogeneity. BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS Fig. 1 is a schematic view showing a state in which a deuterated cellulose film of the present invention is produced by using a beating mechanism. Fig. 2 is a schematic view showing the details of a bounce mechanism which can be used in the method for producing a cellulose-deposited cellulose film of the present invention. [Description of main component symbols] 10: Bounce mechanism 11. Bounce device (as a path roller for the hopping movement. Freedom of movement, non-motion) / Bounce 12: Angle detector 13: Load control device 14 · Temperature sensor 15: Tension Sensor 16: film conveying direction 17a, 17b: guide roller (one part of the path roller) 18: path roller 20: belt casting machine 21: peeling roller 22: #杂物23: extension device 24: film (belly Board) soft film

110110

Claims (1)

201219464 jyioopif 七、申請專利範圍: 1. 一種醯化纖維素膜,其特徵在於: 包含總醯基取代度為2.1〜2.8之醯化纖維素, 膜搬送方向之彈性模數為3200 MPa以上, 膜寬度方向之彈性模數之不均為〇 5 〇pa以下, 且滿足下述式(1)〜式(3): 式(1) 0nmSAReS15.0nm (式中,ARe表示自波長630 nm下之面内方向之延 遲值減去波長450 nm下之面内延遲值而所得之值(單位 為 nm)) 式(2) 2xl(T3SRth/dS6xl〇-3 (式中,Rth表示波長550 nm下之膜厚方向之延遲值 (單位為nm)’ d表示膜厚(單位為nm)) 式(3) l.O^E’(TD) /E' (MD) $1.43 (式中,F(MD)表示所述膜搬送方向之彈性模數(單 位為MPa)’E'(TD)表示所述膜寬度方向之彈性模數(單 位為 MPa))。 ' 2. 如申請專利範圍第1項所述之醯化纖維素膜,其中, 所述膜搬送方向之彈性模數為35〇〇 MPa以上。 3. 如申請專利範圍第1項所述之醯化纖維素膜,其中, 波長590 nm下之面内方向之延遲值尺6與波長59〇 ηιη下 之膜厚方向之延遲值Rth滿足下述式: 35nm$Re$80nm、100nm$RthS300nm。 4. 如申請專利範圍第1項所述之醯化纖維素膜,其中, 111 201219464 所述醯化纖維素是乙酸纖維素。 5. 如申請專利範圍第1項所述之醯化纖維素膜,其中 包含縮聚自旨。 、 6. 如申請專利範圍第1項所述之醯化纖維素膜,其中, 相對於所述醯化纖維素而包含不足3 wt%之Re表現劑。 7·如申明專利範圍第1項至苐6項中任一項所述之酉篮 化纖維素膜’其中含有下述通式(1)所表示之有機酸·· 通式(1) ' X-L-(RJ)n (於所述通式(1)中’ X表示包含酸解離常數為5 5 以下之酸性基的取代基,L表示單鍵或2價以上之連結基, R表示碳數為6〜30之烧基、碳數為6〜30之埽基、碳數 為6〜30之炔基、碳數為6〜30之芳基或碳數為6〜3〇之 雜環基,且亦可進一步具有取代基;n於L為單鍵之情形 時為1,於L為2價以上之連結基之情形時為(L之價‘ 8. 如申請專利範圍第7項所述之醯化纖維素膜,其中, 所述通式(1)十之R1表示碳數為6〜24之烷基、碳數為 6〜24之婦基或奴數為6〜24之快基(其中,亦可進—; 具有取代基)。 9. 如申請專利範圍第7項所述之醯化纖維素膜,其令, 所述通式(1)中之X具有至少一個選自由羧基、績酸基、 亞續酸基、鱗酸基、續醯亞胺基及抗壞金酸基所構成之群 組的至少一種基。 112 201219464 jyioopif 10.如申請專利範圍第7項所述之酿化纖維素膜,盆 中’所述通式⑴_之L是單鍵、或者選自下述單元群 ,之2價以上之連結基或由選自τ述單元群組之2個以上 單元組合而所得之連結基; 早兀:-Ο-、-CO-、-N(R2)-(所述R2表示碳數為1〜5 之烧基)、_〇H、-CH=CH-、·αί(0Η)…CHr、_s〇2、 11. 如申請專利範圍第7項所述之醯化纖維素膜,其 中’所述通式⑴所表*之有機酸是於〗分子多元醇上鍵 結1分子脂肪酸與i分子多_酸而成,且具有至少1個 源自多元羧酸之未經取代之緩基。 12. 如申請專利範圍第7項所述之醯化纖維素膜,其 中’所述通式(1)所表示之有機酸之分子量為 200〜1〇〇〇 〇 13‘如申請專利範圍帛1項至第6項中任-項所述之 醯化纖維素膜,其具有2層以上之積層結構, 所述層中之每一者所含之醯化纖維素的平均總醯基取 代度互相不同。 14. 如申請專利範圍第丨項至第6項中任一項所述之 醯化纖維素膜,其中, 所述膜寬度方向端部之遲相軸方位之不均的標準偏差 (σ)為0.10以下。 15. —種酿化纖維素膜之製造方法,其特徵在於,包 113 201219464 ^yioopif 括: 將包含總醯基取代度為2丨〜? 8之乙酸纖維素的摻雜 物於金屬支撐體上進行溶液流延而獲得膜之步驟; 藉由滿足下述式(丨)之殘留揮發成分H1將所述膜自 所述金屬支撐體上剝下之步驟; 將所剝下之所述膜於滿足下述式(ii)之殘留揮發成 分H2之狀態下沿膜搬送方向延伸5%〜1〇〇%之步驟; 將所剝下之所述膜於滿足下述式(i)之殘留揮發成分 H3之狀態下沿與所述膜搬送方向正交之方向延伸2〇%〜 150%之步驟; 所述延伸步驟滿足下述式(iv); 式(i) 20%SH1$60% 式(ii) 10%SH2S60% 式(iii) 5%^H3^45% 式(iv) (MD延伸倍率+ 100%) / (TD延伸倍率 + 100%) ^〇.7〇 (式中,所述MD延伸倍率表示於所述膜搬送方向上 之延伸倍率(單位為%),所述TD延伸倍率表示於與所述 膜搬送方向正交之方向上之延伸倍率(單位為%))。 16. —種醯化纖維素膜之製造方法,其特徵在於, 括: 、將包含總醯基取代度| 2.1〜2.8之丁酸纖維素或两酸 纖維素的_金屬支麗上進行溶錢延峨得膜之 步驟;201219464 jyioopif VII. Patent application scope: 1. A deuterated cellulose film, characterized in that: a deuterated cellulose having a total thiol substitution degree of 2.1 to 2.8, the elastic modulus of the film transport direction is 3200 MPa or more, film The modulus of elasticity in the width direction is not more than 〇5 〇pa, and satisfies the following formula (1) to formula (3): Formula (1) 0 nmSAReS15.0 nm (wherein ARe represents the surface at a wavelength of 630 nm The value of the retardation in the inner direction minus the in-plane retardation value at a wavelength of 450 nm (in nm)) (2) 2xl (T3SRth/dS6xl〇-3 (wherein Rth represents the film at a wavelength of 550 nm) The retardation value in the thickness direction (in nm) 'd indicates the film thickness (in nm)) Equation (3) lO^E'(TD) /E' (MD) $1.43 (wherein F(MD) indicates the above The modulus of elasticity (in MPa) 'E' (TD) in the direction in which the film is conveyed indicates the modulus of elasticity (in MPa) of the film width direction. ' 2. The deuteration as described in item 1 of the patent application. a cellulose film, wherein the film has a modulus of elasticity of 35 MPa or more. 3. The cellulose film according to claim 1 Wherein, the retardation value Rth of the retardation value of the in-plane direction at a wavelength of 590 nm and the film thickness direction under the wavelength of 59 〇ηηη satisfies the following formula: 35 nm $ Re $ 80 nm, 100 nm $ Rth S 300 nm. The cellulose-degraded cellulose film according to the above-mentioned item 1, wherein the deuterated cellulose film is a cellulose acetate according to the above-mentioned claim 1, wherein the deuterated cellulose film contains polycondensation from 6. The cellulose-deposited film according to claim 1, wherein the deuterated cellulose comprises less than 3 wt% of Re-representing agent relative to the deuterated cellulose. The 酉 化 纤维素 纤维素 纤维素 ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' In the above formula (1), 'X represents a substituent having an acid group having an acid dissociation constant of 5 5 or less, L represents a single bond or a divalent or higher linking group, and R represents a carbon group having a carbon number of 6 to 30, and carbon. a fluorenyl group having 6 to 30 decyl groups, an alkynyl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, an aryl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms or a heterocyclic group having 6 to 3 carbon atoms, and Further having a substituent; n is 1 in the case where L is a single bond, and is (a price of L) when L is a linking group having a valence of 2 or more. 8. The fluorene fiber as described in claim 7 a film of the formula (1) wherein R1 represents an alkyl group having a carbon number of 6 to 24, a base having a carbon number of 6 to 24, or a radical having a slave number of 6 to 24 (wherein In-; with a substituent). 9. The cellulose-deposited film according to claim 7, wherein X in the formula (1) has at least one member selected from the group consisting of a carboxyl group, a acid group, a sulfonic acid group, and a carboxylic acid group. And continuing at least one group of the group consisting of an imido group and an anti-fail acid group. 112 201219464 jyioopif 10. The brewing cellulose film according to claim 7, wherein the formula (1)_L is a single bond or a unit group selected from the group consisting of two or more a linking group obtained by combining two or more units selected from the group of τ; a group of early 兀: -Ο-, -CO-, -N(R2)- (the R2 represents a carbon number of 1 to 5) a thiolated cellulose film according to claim 7 of the patent application, wherein the The organic acid represented by the formula (1) is obtained by binding one molecular fatty acid to the i molecule poly-acid on the molecular polyol, and has at least one unsubstituted slow group derived from the polycarboxylic acid. 12. The cellulose-degraded cellulose film according to item 7 of the patent application, wherein the molecular weight of the organic acid represented by the formula (1) is 200 to 1 〇〇〇〇 13' as claimed in the patent scope 帛 1 The cellulose-deposited film according to any one of the items 6 to claim 6, which has a laminated structure of two or more layers, and the average total thiol substitution degree of the cellulose-deposited cellulose contained in each of the layers is mutually different. The bismuth cellulose film according to any one of the preceding claims, wherein the standard deviation (σ) of the unevenness of the azimuth direction of the end portion in the film width direction is Below 0.10. 15. A method of producing a brewed cellulose film, characterized in that the package 113 201219464 ^yioopif comprises: a total thiol substitution degree of 2 丨~? a step of obtaining a film by doping a solution of cellulose acetate of 8 on a metal support; peeling the film from the metal support by satisfying a residual volatile component H1 of the following formula (丨) a step of extending the peeled film in the film transport direction by 5% to 1% by weight in a state in which the residual volatile component H2 of the following formula (ii) is satisfied; a step of extending the film in a direction orthogonal to the film transport direction by 2% to 150% in a state in which the residual volatile component H3 of the following formula (i) is satisfied; the extending step satisfies the following formula (iv); Formula (i) 20% SH1$60% Formula (ii) 10% SH2S60% Formula (iii) 5%^H3^45% Formula (iv) (MD stretching ratio + 100%) / (TD stretching ratio + 100%) ^ 〇.7〇 (wherein the MD stretching magnification is expressed by the stretching ratio (unit: %) in the film conveying direction, and the TD stretching magnification is expressed in the direction orthogonal to the film conveying direction Magnification (in %)). 16. A method for producing a bismuth cellulose film, comprising: constituting a cellulose acylate or a cellulose acylate containing a total thiol substitution degree of 2.1 to 2.8 The step of delaying the film; 114 201219464f 藉由滿足下述式(i)之殘留揮發成分HI將所述膜自 所述金屬支撐體上剝下之步驟; 將所剝下之所述膜於滿足下述式(ii)之殘留揮發成 分H2之狀態下沿膜搬送方向延伸20%〜100%之步驟; 將所剝下之所述膜於滿足下述式(〇之殘留揮發成分 H3之狀態下沿與所述膜搬送方向正交之方向延伸35%〜 150%之步驟; 所述延伸步驟滿足下述式(iv); 式(i) 20%SH1$60% 式(ii) 10%SH2$60% 式(iii) 5%^H3^45% 式(iv) (MD延伸倍率+ 100%) / (Td延伸倍率 + 100%) ^〇.7〇 (式中,所述MD延伸倍率表示於所述膜搬送方向上 之延伸倍率(單位為%),所述TD延伸倍率表示於與所述 膜搬送方向正交之方向上之延伸倍率(單位為%))。、 17·如申請專利範圍第15項或第16項所述之醯化纖 維素膜之製造方法,其中,114 201219464f a step of peeling the film from the metal support by satisfying a residual volatile component HI of the following formula (i); and peeling the film on a residue satisfying the following formula (ii) a step of extending 20% to 100% in the film transport direction in the state of the volatile component H2; and the peeled film is in a state in which the film is conveyed in a state in which the residual volatile component H3 is satisfied a step of extending from 35% to 150% in the direction of intersection; the extension step satisfies the following formula (iv); (i) 20% SH1$60%, formula (ii) 10% SH2$60%, formula (iii) 5%^H3 ^45% Formula (iv) (MD stretching ratio + 100%) / (Td stretching ratio + 100%) ^〇.7〇 (wherein the MD stretching ratio is expressed as the stretching ratio in the film conveying direction ( The unit is %), and the TD stretching ratio is expressed by a stretching ratio (unit: %) in a direction orthogonal to the film conveying direction. 17) As described in claim 15 or claim 16, a method for producing a cellulose film of bismuth, wherein -面將拉力變動健制為;^ 1G N/m之狀態,一面 進仃於所述膜搬送方向上之延伸。 18.如申請專利範圍第μ項哎篦】 維素膜之製造方法,其中,、成第16項所奴醯化纖 之2 醯化纖維素之總醯基取代度相互不同 種Μ上摻雜物,將所述2種以上推雜物中之每一者共 115 201219464. 流延於支撐體上。 19. 如申請專利範圍第15項或第16項所述之醯化纖 維素膜之製造方法,其中, 於所述剝下步驟至所述延伸步驟之過渡部分中,所述 膜通過3根以上之至少繞角為60。以上之路徑輥。 20. 如申請專利範圍第15項或第16項所述之醯化纖 維素膜之製造方法,其中所述路徑輥包含至少丨根跳動裝 置。 21. 如申請專利範圍第15項或第“項所述之醯化纖 維素膜之製造方法,其中, 自所述金屬支樓體之背面及表面之雙方,對所述金屬 支撐體上所流延的所述摻雜物吹乾燥風。 22. 如申請專利範圍第15項或第16項所述之酿化 維素膜之製造方法,其中, 延伸藉由拉巾I機進行於與所述難送方向正交之方向上的 滿足下述式(v ); 式(v) Wx30^l^Wx2 (式中,L表示 mm)) 23· —種醯化纖維素犋 藉由如申請專利範圍第 之醯化纖維素膜之製造方法 其特徵在於: 15項至第22項中任-項所述 而法。 201219464 ^ Λ. W 24. —種偏光板,其特徵在於: 包含偏光元件、如申請專利範圍第1項至第14項及第 23項中任一項所述之醯化纖維素膜。 25. —種液晶顯示裝置,其特徵在於: 包含如申請專利範圍第1項至第14項及第23項中任 一項所述之醯化纖維素膜或如申請專利範圍第24項所述 之偏光板。 117- The surface changes the tension force into a state of ^ 1G N/m, and the surface extends in the direction in which the film is conveyed. 18. For example, in the scope of the patent application, the method for producing the vegan film, wherein the total thiol substitution degree of the bismuth cellulose of the sulphated cellulose of the 16th item is different from each other. And each of the two or more types of tamers is 115 201219464. It is cast on the support. 19. The method for producing a cellulose-deposited cellulose film according to Item 15, wherein the film passes through at least three of the transition portions from the stripping step to the extending step. At least the corner angle is 60. The above path roller. 20. The method of producing a cellulose channel according to claim 15 or claim 16, wherein the path roller comprises at least a root bounce device. The method for producing a cellulose-deposited cellulose film according to Item 15 or Item of the present invention, wherein the metal support body is flown from both the back surface and the surface of the metal branch body The method of manufacturing the brewed vegetal film according to claim 15 or claim 16, wherein the stretching is performed by the towel The direction in which the difficult-to-feed direction is orthogonal satisfies the following formula (v); Formula (v) Wx30^l^Wx2 (wherein, L represents mm)) 23·--------- The method for producing a first fluorinated cellulose film is characterized by the method described in any one of items 15 to 22. 201219464 ^ Λ. W 24. A polarizing plate characterized by comprising: a polarizing element, such as The bismuth cellulose film according to any one of the items 1 to 14 and 23, wherein the liquid crystal display device is characterized in that: The cellulose-deposited cellulose film according to any one of the items 23, or as described in claim 24 Polarizer. 117
TW100130294A 2010-09-06 2011-08-24 Cellulose acylate film and method for manufacturing the same, polarizing plate and liquid crystal display TWI417325B (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2010199295A JP5156067B2 (en) 2010-09-06 2010-09-06 Cellulose acylate film

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW201219464A true TW201219464A (en) 2012-05-16
TWI417325B TWI417325B (en) 2013-12-01

Family

ID=46054491

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW100130294A TWI417325B (en) 2010-09-06 2011-08-24 Cellulose acylate film and method for manufacturing the same, polarizing plate and liquid crystal display

Country Status (3)

Country Link
JP (1) JP5156067B2 (en)
KR (1) KR101308171B1 (en)
TW (1) TWI417325B (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TWI564332B (en) * 2013-08-09 2017-01-01 Konica Minolta Inc Cellulose derivative and method for producing the same, optical film, circular polarizing plate, and organic electroluminescent display device

Families Citing this family (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US9042016B2 (en) * 2011-10-12 2015-05-26 Fujifilm Corporation Optical film, method of producing optical film, antireflective film, polarizing plate and image display device
JP5772680B2 (en) * 2012-03-27 2015-09-02 コニカミノルタ株式会社 Cellulose acylate laminated film, production method thereof, polarizing plate and liquid crystal display device using the same
JP5986831B2 (en) * 2012-07-11 2016-09-06 大倉工業株式会社 Film conveying method and optical film manufacturing method
JP5919227B2 (en) * 2012-09-27 2016-05-18 富士フイルム株式会社 Cellulose acylate film, polarizing plate protective film, polarizing plate, liquid crystal display device, and method for producing optical film
JP2014071202A (en) * 2012-09-28 2014-04-21 Fujifilm Corp Polarizing plate, and liquid crystal display device
KR20160033892A (en) * 2014-09-18 2016-03-29 주식회사 효성 Cellulose ester film with excellent retardation
WO2021075409A1 (en) 2019-10-16 2021-04-22 旭化成株式会社 Spacer, manufacturing method therefor, and composite

Family Cites Families (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2005082706A (en) * 2003-09-09 2005-03-31 Konica Minolta Opto Inc Cellulose ester film, its manufacturing method, and optical film using it, and antireflection film, polarizing plate and display
US7820301B2 (en) * 2004-03-19 2010-10-26 Fujifilm Corporation Cellulose acylate film and method for producing the same
JP4676208B2 (en) * 2004-03-19 2011-04-27 富士フイルム株式会社 Cellulose acylate film and method for producing the same.
KR101199808B1 (en) * 2004-05-14 2012-11-09 후지필름 가부시키가이샤 Optical cellulose acylate film, polarizing plate and liquid crystal display device
US20070292680A1 (en) * 2006-06-12 2007-12-20 Fujifilm Corporation Optical film, production method of optical film, polarizing plate and liquid crystal display device
JP2008020895A (en) * 2006-06-12 2008-01-31 Fujifilm Corp Optical film, production method of optical film, polarizing plate and liquid crystal display device
JP5237730B2 (en) * 2008-09-10 2013-07-17 富士フイルム株式会社 Optical film, polarizing plate, and VA mode liquid crystal display device

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TWI564332B (en) * 2013-08-09 2017-01-01 Konica Minolta Inc Cellulose derivative and method for producing the same, optical film, circular polarizing plate, and organic electroluminescent display device

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
TWI417325B (en) 2013-12-01
KR101308171B1 (en) 2013-09-12
JP2012056995A (en) 2012-03-22
JP5156067B2 (en) 2013-03-06
KR20120024512A (en) 2012-03-14

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
TW201219464A (en) Cellulose acylate film and method for manufacturing the same, polarizing plate and liquid crystal display
TWI434882B (en) Cellulose ester film, polarizing plate and liquid crystal display
TWI417585B (en) A retardation film, a manufacturing method of a polarizing film, and a liquid crystal display device
CN101427163B (en) Retardation film, polarizing plate and liquid crystal display
TWI444388B (en) An optical compensation film and a polarizing plate and a liquid crystal display device using the same
TWI460220B (en) Cellulose ester film, retardation film, polarizing plate and liquid crystal display device
TW201014708A (en) Cellulous acylate laminated film and manufacturing method thereof, polarizing plate and liquid crystal display device
TWI433881B (en) A cellulose-based resin composition and a cellulose-based resin film
TWI465515B (en) A fiber-based resin composition and a fiber-based resin film
KR101449887B1 (en) Optical film, and polarizing plate and liquid crystal display device using same
TW201412816A (en) Modifier for cellulose ester resin, cellulose ester optical film and protective film for polarizing plate
TW200930753A (en) Optical compensation films for liquid crystal displays and their related inventions
TW201221570A (en) Retardation film, polarizing plate using same, and liquid crystal display device
JP6614469B2 (en) Ester resin, antiplasticizer, cellulose ester resin composition, optical film and liquid crystal display device
TW201139461A (en) Cellulose acylate film, polarizing plate and liquid crystal display
WO2018230122A1 (en) Ester resin, antiplasticizer, cellulose ester resin composition, optical film and liquid crystal display device
TW200921203A (en) Liquid crystal display device
KR102204196B1 (en) Optical film, polarizing plate, and liquid crystal display device
TW201106059A (en) Vertical alignment type liquid crystal display apparatus
KR20170091582A (en) Cellulosic ester resin modifier, cellulosic ester resin composition, optical film, method for producing polarizing-plate protective film, and liquid crystal display device
CN105659123A (en) Retardation film, and optical compensation layer, optical compensation polarizing plate, liquid crystal display device and organic EL display device each using said retardation film
JP6001729B2 (en) Cellulose ester film, polarizing plate and liquid crystal display device
TWI544227B (en) Polarizing plate and liquid crystal display device
JP5993327B2 (en) Cellulose acetate butyrate film, polarizing plate and liquid crystal display device
US9217814B2 (en) Cellulose acylate film, a polarizing plate using the same and a liquid crystal display using the same